WO2023115385A1 - Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system - Google Patents

Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023115385A1
WO2023115385A1 PCT/CN2021/140453 CN2021140453W WO2023115385A1 WO 2023115385 A1 WO2023115385 A1 WO 2023115385A1 CN 2021140453 W CN2021140453 W CN 2021140453W WO 2023115385 A1 WO2023115385 A1 WO 2023115385A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
energy storage
tripping
assembly
driving
trip
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/140453
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙吉升
林晓斐
赵福高
张秀锋
Original Assignee
华为数字能源技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为数字能源技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为数字能源技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180098784.4A priority Critical patent/CN117413334A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/140453 priority patent/WO2023115385A1/en
Publication of WO2023115385A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023115385A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H19/00Switches operated by an operating part which is rotatable about a longitudinal axis thereof and which is acted upon directly by a solid body external to the switch, e.g. by a hand
    • H01H19/02Details
    • H01H19/10Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
    • H01H19/14Operating parts, e.g. turn knob
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H3/00Mechanisms for operating contacts
    • H01H3/32Driving mechanisms, i.e. for transmitting driving force to the contacts
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H31/00Air-break switches for high tension without arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means
    • H01H31/02Details

Definitions

  • the application relates to the technical field of trip-free mechanism, in particular to a trip-free mechanism, a switch, electronic equipment and a power supply system.
  • the free trip mechanism is widely used in the power supply system, and the circuit is turned on and off by controlling the opening and closing of the switch.
  • the safety requirements are also getting higher and higher.
  • the remote control signal can be used to control and remotely open the brake, but in the existing switch, if the knob or the shaft is stuck, the opening cannot be realized.
  • the application provides a free tripping mechanism, a switch, electronic equipment and a power supply system.
  • the free tripping mechanism can also realize opening when the operating shaft is stuck or the knob is stuck.
  • the present application provides a free tripping mechanism
  • the free tripping mechanism includes an operating assembly, an energy storage assembly, a tripping assembly and a tripping assembly
  • the operating assembly includes an operating shaft and a The first operation panel
  • the energy storage component is used for energy storage or energy release, and when the energy storage component is released, the energy storage component is also used to drive the first operation panel to rotate
  • the tripping component is fixedly connected to the The first operation panel
  • the tripping assembly includes a first state and a second state, in the first state, the tripping assembly is locked with the operating shaft, in the second state, the The tripping component is unlocked from the operating shaft;
  • the tripping component is used to lock the energy storage component when the energy storage component is completed, or unlock the energy storage component under the control of the opening signal And driving the tripping assembly to switch from the first state to the second state, so that the energy storage assembly is released to drive the first operation panel to rotate to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism.
  • the trip assembly is provided in the present application so that the free trip mechanism can also realize opening when the operating shaft is stuck or the knob is stuck, so as to realize the opening of the switch.
  • the driving assembly, the operating assembly except for the operating shaft, and the energy storage assembly are arranged in sequence along the axial direction.
  • the free tripping mechanism has a compact structure and a small volume.
  • the part of the operating assembly other than the operating shaft is located on a side of the energy storage assembly away from the driving assembly.
  • the drive assembly, the energy storage assembly, and parts of the operation assembly other than the operation shaft are arranged in sequence along the axial direction.
  • the first operation disk is sheathed on the operation shaft, and the first operation disk can be fixedly or rotationally connected with the operation shaft as required.
  • the first operation panel when the free trip mechanism is in the process of automatic opening, the first operation panel is rotatably connected to the operation shaft, that is, the first operation panel can rotate around the operation shaft; the free trip mechanism is in the process of manual opening and manual closing.
  • the first operation panel is fixedly connected to the operation shaft, that is, the first operation panel cannot rotate around the operation shaft, and the first operation panel and the operation shaft can rotate simultaneously.
  • the first operation plate and the operation shaft may be fixedly connected together indirectly through other components. In the present application, it can be understood that the rotation of the first operation disc can be used to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism, and if the first operation disc does not rotate during opening, self-opening cannot be realized.
  • the operating shaft passes through the casing and is fixedly connected with the knob.
  • the rotation of the knob drives the rotation of the operation shaft, and the rotation direction of the operation shaft can be intuitively known through the knob, which can bring better experience to the user.
  • the knob is rotated 90° to distinguish between opening and closing.
  • the knob can be rotated 90° clockwise to achieve manual closing.
  • the initial position is the closing state, and the knob is counterclockwise. Rotate 90° to realize manual opening.
  • the knob can be turned to other angles to realize manual opening and closing.
  • the energy storage component also has an initial state.
  • the initial state of the energy storage component refers to a state in which the energy storage component is not subjected to external force and has no energy.
  • the energy storage component is used for energy storage.
  • the energy storage includes the dynamic process during the energy storage process and the static state when the energy storage is completed.
  • the energy storage component refers to the process in which the energy storage component is subjected to an external force and stores energy. When the energy storage component completes energy storage, it means that the energy storage component maintains a static state of energy after completing energy storage.
  • the energy release of the energy storage component refers to the process in which the energy storage component releases the stored energy. After the energy is released, the energy storage component returns to its initial state.
  • the state cycle of the energy storage component is: initial state-energy storage-energy storage completion-energy release-initial state.
  • the energy storage component when the energy is released, the energy storage component is used to drive the first operation panel to rotate, that is, the energy released by the energy storage component is transformed into a driving force for driving the first operation panel to rotate, so as to drive the first operation panel to rotate.
  • the tripping component can be locked and unlocked with the operating shaft, the locked means that the two are relatively fixed, and the unlocked means that the two can move independently.
  • the tripping assembly In the first state, the tripping assembly is locked with the operating shaft, that is to say, the tripping assembly and the operating shaft remain fixed, for example, when the operating shaft rotates, the tripping assembly rotates with the operating shaft at the same angular velocity.
  • the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are unlocked, and the tripping assembly and the operating shaft can move independently. For example, the operating shaft remains fixed, and the tripping assembly can rotate relative to the operating shaft.
  • the tripping assembly is locked and unlocked with the operating shaft through the tripping half shaft. Easy to operate with trip axle. In other implementation manners, it can also be realized by a magnetic buckle or buckle, and is not limited to the release half shaft.
  • the tripping component is used to realize locking and unlocking with the energy storage component, wherein the locking of the tripping component and the energy storage component means that the energy storage component and the tripping component remain relatively fixed, and the unlocking of the tripping component and the energy storage component means that the storage
  • the function component can rotate freely relative to the trip component.
  • the tripping assembly is locked and unlocked with the energy storage assembly through a tripping half shaft. Easy to operate with trip axle. In other embodiments, it can also be realized by a magnetic buckle or buckle, and is not limited to unlocking the semi-axis.
  • the trip assembly includes a trip half shaft, and the operation assembly further includes a second operation plate, the second operation plate is fixedly connected to the operation shaft, and the trip half
  • the shaft is rotatably connected to the first operation panel, and the tripping half shaft includes a first locking part and a first notch part that are oppositely arranged;
  • the second operation plate In the first state, the second operation plate is in contact with the first locking portion to be locked with the first locking portion, thereby locking the tripping assembly with the operation shaft;
  • the second operation plate In the second state, the second operation plate is located in the inner space of the first notch and can rotate relative to the first notch, so that the tripping half shaft and the second operation plate unlocking, thereby unlocking the trip assembly and the operating shaft;
  • the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping shaft to rotate under the control of the opening signal, so that the tripping assembly is switched from the first state to the second state.
  • the unlocking and locking of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are realized through the tripping half shaft and the second operating plate, which can be realized only by rotating the tripping half shaft, which makes the operation simple.
  • the second operation disk is fixedly connected to the operation shaft, so that the second operation disk and the operation shaft remain fixedly connected in the circumferential direction, that is, the second operation disk and the operation shaft can rotate synchronously.
  • the second operating disc is sleeved on the operating shaft and fixedly connected with the operating shaft.
  • the cross-section of the portion where the operating shaft and the second operating panel are installed is rectangular. So that the operating shaft is fixedly connected with the second operating disc in the circumferential direction.
  • the tripping half shaft is cylindrical as a whole. Cylindrical trip axles facilitate rotation.
  • a "U"-shaped groove is provided on the tripping half shaft, and the first notch includes an inner space of the "U"-shaped groove and an inner wall of the "U”-shaped groove.
  • the "U”-shaped groove refers to a groove with a U-shaped cross section.
  • the second operation panel includes a disc and a protruding rod located on the edge of the disc, and the protruding rod is in contact with the first locking part so that the second operation disc is in contact with the The first locking part contacts. It should be understood that the position of the trip half-shaft and the protruding rod are matched so that the two are accessible.
  • the second operation panel may be in the shape of a disc, and a notch is provided on the disc.
  • the side wall of the missing part is made to contact the first locking part, so that the second operation panel is locked with the first locking part.
  • the tripping half shaft rotates clockwise around the tripping half shaft to realize unlocking from the operating shaft, and the tripping half shaft turns counterclockwise around the tripping half shaft Clockwise rotation realizes locking with the operating shaft.
  • the tripping half shaft rotates counterclockwise around the tripping half shaft to realize unlocking from the operating shaft, and the tripping half shaft rotates clockwise around the tripping half shaft's axial direction. Clockwise rotation realizes locking with the operating shaft.
  • the operation assembly further includes an operation fixed plate, the operation fixed plate is fixed on the first operation plate, and the tripping half shaft is rotatably connected to the operation fixed plate. It is rotatably connected with the first operation panel, and the tripping assembly further includes a tripping driver, the tripping driver is fixedly connected with the tripping half shaft, and the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping When the driving part rotates, the tripping driving part is used to drive the tripping semi-axis to rotate, so that the second operation panel is located in the inner space of the first notch and can rotate relative to the first notch, to unlock the tripping assembly and the second operation panel.
  • the tripping driver is arc-shaped, and when the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping driver to rotate clockwise, the tripping driver is used to drive the tripping half The shaft rotates clockwise.
  • the arc length or shape of the trip driving member can be set according to the trip assembly, so that the trip assembly can drive the trip assembly to rotate.
  • the operation fixed plate includes a first fixed portion and a second fixed portion, one end of the first fixed portion is fixed on the first operation plate, and the other end of the first fixed portion is connected to the first fixed portion.
  • the second fixing part is connected, the second fixing part is roughly parallel to the first operation panel, and the tripping half shaft is passed through the second fixing part and is rotatably connected with the second fixing part .
  • the protruding rod of the second operating panel is located between the first fixing part and the tripping half shaft. When the second operating disc and the operating shaft rotate counterclockwise during manual opening, the protruding rod can be driven by pushing the first fixing part.
  • the second operating dial, the trip assembly and the first operating dial rotate counterclockwise.
  • the operation fixed plate further includes a third fixed part, the third fixed part is fixed on the first operation plate and arranged on the same side as the first fixed part, and the second fixed part Both ends of the part are respectively connected to the first fixing part and the second fixing part.
  • the second fixing part can not only be used for rotational connection with the tripping half shaft, but also form a limiting space with the first fixing part, the third fixing part and the first operating panel, for
  • the protruding rod of the second operating panel is limited so that the protruding rod can move in the limited space, which improves the locking and unlocking precision of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft, and is more convenient for operation.
  • the tripping assembly further includes a tripping torsion spring, the tripping torsion spring is sleeved on the tripping semi-shaft, and the tripping torsion spring is used for When the driving force of the buckle assembly on the tripping semi-shaft is released, the tripping semi-shaft is driven to rotate so as to reset the first locking part.
  • the tripping torsion spring includes a first torsion arm and a second torsion arm, the first torsion arm is connected to the operation fixed disk, and the second torsion arm is connected to the tripping arm.
  • the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping driver to rotate in the first direction to drive the second torsion arm to rotate in the first direction, so that the tripping torsion spring stores energy.
  • the tripping torsion spring drives the tripping half shaft to rotate in the second direction through the second torsion arm, so that the first locking part Reset, the second direction is opposite to the first direction.
  • the first direction is clockwise, and the second direction is counterclockwise.
  • the first direction is counterclockwise, and the second direction is clockwise.
  • the tripping torsion spring further includes a tripping torsion spring main body, and the tripping torsion spring main body is sheathed on the end of the tripping semi-axis away from the first operation panel.
  • the way the first torsion arm is connected to the operating fixed plate includes but not limited to resistance, fixed connection, and clamping. The radii of the holding portion and the first notch plate may not be equal.
  • the operation fixed plate further includes a first fixed branch, the first fixed branch is located on the side of the second fixed portion away from the first operation plate, and the first fixed branch is used for The first torsion arm is connected, wherein the first fixed branch can be arranged in a groove shape, and the first torsion arm is located in the groove of the first fixed branch.
  • the reset and rotation of the trip semi-axis is realized by the trip torsion spring, which has a simple structure and is easy to operate.
  • other elastic bodies may be used to replace the tripping torsion spring, or other driving components may be used to drive the tripping half shaft to reset and rotate, not limited to the tripping torsion spring.
  • the tripping assembly includes a tripping half shaft and a tripping driving rod that are fixedly connected, and the tripping half shaft includes a second locking part and a second notch part that are oppositely arranged;
  • the second locking part is used to lock the energy storage component when the energy storage component is completed, so that the trip component is locked with the energy storage component;
  • the tripping assembly further includes a tripping bottom plate, the tripping bottom plate is sleeved on the operating shaft, and the operating shaft can rotate relative to the tripping bottom plate, and the tripping bottom plate It is fixedly connected with the housing, and the trip half shaft is rotatably connected to the trip bottom plate.
  • the trip driving lever includes a first trip lever and a second trip lever connected to each other, and the first trip lever is configured to rotate under the control of the opening signal, Drive the trip semi-shaft to rotate to realize the unlocking of the trip semi-shaft and the energy storage assembly; the first trip lever is also used to drive the second trip lever to rotate, and the second trip lever The buckle lever rotates to realize the unlocking of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft.
  • the tripping driver is substantially arc-shaped
  • the second trip lever is arc-shaped adapted to the tripping driver. It is beneficial for the second trip lever to push the trip driving part to rotate.
  • the tripping assembly further includes a tripping torsion spring, and the tripping torsion spring is sleeved on the tripping half shaft;
  • the tripping torsion spring is used to release energy and drive the second locking part to lock with the energy storage component
  • the trip torsion spring is also used for energy storage.
  • the rotation of the first trip lever is controlled by a switch-on signal, so that the trip shaft is locked with the energy storage disc, wherein the switch-on signal can be sent by the control unit.
  • the tripping torsion spring includes a ninth torsion arm, a tenth torsion arm, and a tripping torsion spring body, the tripping torsion spring body is sleeved on the tripping half shaft, and the ninth torsion arm It is connected with the fourth fixed rod, and the tenth torsion arm is connected with the second fixed branch on the trip axle shaft.
  • the ninth torsion arm and the tenth torsion arm are compressed towards each other to store energy for the tripping torsion spring.
  • the ninth torsion arm and the tenth torsion arm are intersected, and the ninth torsion arm and the tenth torsion arm stretch away from each other to store energy for the trip torsion spring .
  • the energy storage assembly includes an energy storage disk and an energy storage torsion spring sheathed on the operating shaft.
  • the energy storage assembly When the energy storage assembly is released, the energy storage disk and the energy storage
  • the first operation panel is in contact with the first operation panel, the energy storage torsion spring is used to drive the rotation of the energy storage panel, and the energy storage panel is used to drive the rotation of the first operation panel.
  • the opening of the free tripping mechanism is realized by the rotation of the first operation panel.
  • the first operation plate when used to rotate to drive the energy storage plate to rotate, and the energy storage plate can give the The energy storage torsion spring stores energy.
  • the energy storage torsion spring completes the energy storage
  • the energy storage component completes the energy storage.
  • the energy storage component is stored and released by the energy storage torsion spring, and the first operation panel is driven to rotate by the energy storage disc.
  • the energy storage and release are realized by adopting the energy storage torsion spring, which makes the structure of the energy storage component simple and makes the free release mechanism more miniaturized.
  • the energy storage disc includes an energy storage bottom plate and an energy storage top plate fixedly connected, and the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate are sheathed on the operating shaft, and are both connected to the The operating shaft is rotatably connected, the energy storage torsion spring is located between the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate, an energy storage protrusion is provided on the outer periphery of the energy storage bottom plate, and the first operation panel faces the energy storage One side of the protruding portion is provided with a first locking portion, and the energy storage protruding portion is in contact with the first locking portion;
  • the first locking part When the first operation panel rotates, the first locking part is used to push the energy storage protrusion to rotate, and the energy storage protrusion is used to drive the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate to rotate, And store energy for the energy storage torsion spring;
  • the tripping component When the energy storage of the energy storage component is completed, the tripping component is used to lock the energy storage top plate, so as to lock the tripping component and the energy storage component; the tripping component is also used to Under the control of the opening signal, it is unlocked with the energy storage top plate, and then unlocked with the energy storage component.
  • the energy storage protruding portion extends radially, and the first engaging portion extends axially. This allows the first locking part to be in contact with the protruding part of the energy storage when rotating.
  • the energy storage of the energy storage torsion spring is completed so that the energy storage of the energy storage component is completed.
  • the energy storage top plate includes an energy storage push portion and an energy storage locking portion, the radius of the energy storage locking portion is smaller than the radius of the energy storage pushing portion, and the energy storage locking portion is groove shape.
  • the radius of the energy storage locking portion refers to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the energy storage locking portion away from the operating shaft and the axis of the operating shaft
  • the radius of the energy storage pushing portion refers to the distance between the edge of the energy storage pushing portion away from the operating shaft and the axis of the operating shaft. The maximum vertical distance between the axes of the operating shaft.
  • the energy storage plate further includes an energy storage connection part, the energy storage connection part is fixedly connected between the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate, and the energy storage torsion spring A third torsion arm is included, the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage connection part;
  • the energy storage torsion spring is used to release energy, so that the third torsion arm drives the energy storage connection part rotates, the energy storage connection part drives the first locking part to rotate through the energy storage protruding part, and the first locking part is used to drive the first operation panel to rotate.
  • the energy storage tray further includes an energy storage side wall, and the energy storage side wall is arranged around the periphery of the energy storage bottom plate and/or the energy storage top plate.
  • the energy storage side wall, the energy storage bottom plate, and the energy storage top plate enclose the inner space of the energy storage plate, which is used to limit the energy storage torsion spring in the inner space of the energy storage plate, so as to prevent the energy storage torsion spring from shaking and affect the energy release or Energy storage effect.
  • the energy storage torsion spring includes a third torsion arm and a fourth torsion arm, and the third torsion arm can be connected to the energy storage bottom plate or the energy storage top plate.
  • the connection methods include but are not limited to resisting, fixed connection, and clamping.
  • the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage connection part, so that the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage bottom plate or the energy storage top plate, wherein the connection method includes but not limited to resisting, fixing connected and clipped, the fourth torsion arm is connected to the first fixed rod.
  • the third torsion arm is directly connected to the energy storage bottom plate or the energy storage top plate.
  • the energy storage torsion spring further includes a main body of the energy storage torsion spring, the main body of the energy storage torsion spring is sleeved on the operating shaft, and the third torsion arm and the fourth torsion arm are located at The two ends of the main body of the energy storage torsion spring.
  • the operation assembly further includes an operation clamping plate, the operation clamping plate is provided with a clamping hole, the operating shaft is inserted into the clamping hole and can rotate relative to the clamping hole, the One end of the operating shaft adjacent to the operating clamping plate is provided with a radially recessed clamping groove, and part of the peripheral wall of the clamping hole is located in the clamping groove. So that the operating shaft will not shake and deviate from the axial direction when rotating.
  • the axial dimension of the operating clamping plate is smaller than or equal to the axial dimension of the engaging slot, so that a part of the operating clamping plate around the engaging hole can be engaged in the engaging slot.
  • the operating shaft includes an operating shaft locking end disposed adjacent to the operating clamping plate, and the locking groove is disposed on the operating shaft locking end;
  • the locking hole has a first size along a third direction and a second size along a fourth direction, the third direction is perpendicular to the fourth direction, and the first size is larger than the second size;
  • the clamp end of the operating shaft has a third dimension along the third direction and a fourth dimension along the fourth direction, the third dimension is greater than the fourth dimension, and the third dimension is also greater than the
  • the second size is smaller than or equal to the first size, and the fourth size is smaller than the second size.
  • the clamping end of the operating shaft When assembling, the clamping end of the operating shaft is inserted in the clamping hole along the third direction. Since the third dimension of the clamping end of the operating shaft along the third direction is smaller than the first dimension of the clamping hole along the third direction, the operating shaft The fourth dimension of the clamping end along the fourth direction is smaller than the second dimension of the clamping hole along the fourth direction, so that the clamping end of the operating shaft can be smoothly inserted into the clamping hole. When the operating shaft rotates and forms an included angle with the third direction, the operating shaft can be locked in the slot without shaking.
  • the peripheral wall of the locking hole includes an arc-shaped portion located in the middle area, the locking slot is arc-shaped, the arc-shaped portion is inserted into the locking slot, and the arc shape facilitates the rotation of the locking end of the operating shaft.
  • the free release mechanism further includes a drive assembly
  • the drive assembly includes a drive plate and a drive torsion spring sheathed on the operating shaft, the drive plate and the drive torsion
  • the spring is rotationally connected with the operating shaft in the circumferential direction, the driving torsion spring is in contact with the driving plate and the first operating plate, and the first operating plate is used to store energy for the driving torsion spring when rotating , the driving torsion spring is used to drive the driving disc to rotate when the energy is released.
  • the drive plate includes a drive bottom plate, a drive side plate located on the same side of the drive bottom plate, a first drive limiter, and a second drive limiter, and the first drive limiter The part is located in the middle of the driving bottom plate, the driving side plate is located at the edge of the driving bottom plate, and the second driving limiting part is located between the first driving limiting part and the driving side plate;
  • the driving torsion spring includes a driving torsion spring main body and a fifth torsion arm and a sixth torsion arm connected to the driving torsion spring main body, the driving torsion spring main body is sleeved on the outside of the first driving limiting part and Located between the first drive limiter and the second drive limiter, at least part of the second drive limiter and at least part of the first operation plate are located between the fifth torsion arm and the second drive limiter. Between the sixth torsion arm;
  • the first operation panel is used to contact the sixth torsion arm and drive the sixth torsion arm to rotate when rotating, so as to store energy for the driving torsion spring; when the driving torsion spring is used to release energy,
  • the fifth torsion arm is in contact with the second drive limiting portion and is used to drive the drive plate to rotate through the second driving limiting portion.
  • the free release mechanism when the driving disc is in the first position, the free release mechanism is in the open state, and when the driving disc rotates to the second position, the driving disc is in the closing state, and the first position different from the second location.
  • the first operation panel is provided with a second clamping part on a side facing the driving disc, and the second clamping part abuts against the sixth torsion arm, When the first operation panel is used to rotate, the second locking part is used to drive the sixth torsion arm to rotate, so as to store energy for the driving torsion spring.
  • the free tripping mechanism further includes a base assembly, and the base assembly includes a base, an opening buckle and a closing buckle, and the driving plate, the opening buckle and the closing buckle are all It is movably connected with the base and can rotate relative to the base, the opening buckle and the closing buckle are located on the outer peripheral side of the driving disc, and the driving disc is provided with a driving opening;
  • the opening buckle is used to connect with the driving opening, so that the driving disc and the opening buckle remain fixedly connected;
  • the closing buckle is used to connect with the driving opening, so that the driving disc is kept fixedly connected with the closing buckle.
  • an opening groove, a closing groove, a closing elastic piece and an opening elastic piece are further provided on the base, and the opening buckle and the opening elastic piece are located on the In the opening groove, both ends of the opening elastic member abut against the opening buckle and the side wall of the opening groove, and the closing buckle and the closing elastic member are located in the In the closing groove, both ends of the closing elastic member abut against the closing buckle and the side wall of the closing groove.
  • the opening buckle When the opening buckle is subjected to a force towards the opening elastic part, the opening buckle is used to squeeze the opening elastic part to compress the opening elastic part, and when the opening buckle is subjected to a force towards the opening elastic part, it is released , the opening elastic member returns, and is used to push the opening buckle to move in a direction away from the opening elastic member, so that the opening buckle snaps into the driving opening.
  • the closing buckle When the closing buckle is subjected to a force toward the closing elastic member, the closing buckle is used to squeeze the closing elastic member to compress the closing elastic member.
  • the drive plate rotates to the second position at this time, the drive opening is opposite to the closing buckle, and the closing elastic member is restored, which is used to push the closing buckle away from the closing elastic member movement so that the closing catch snaps into the drive opening.
  • the opening and closing states of the drive disc are maintained by connecting the opening buckle and the closing buckle with the drive opening, which makes the structure simple and easy to operate.
  • elastic locks, sliding locks or other structures can also be provided between the drive plate and the base to realize that the drive plate is fixed relative to the base when the drive plate is in the first position and the second position, so as to maintain the opening state and closing status.
  • the closing elastic member and the opening elastic member are springs. In one embodiment, the closing elastic member and the opening elastic member are shrapnels or elastic bodies.
  • the base assembly further includes a first fixing rod, a second fixing rod, an opening elastic member and a closing elastic member, the first fixing rod and the second fixing rod are fixed on On the base, the opening buckle is sleeved on the first fixing rod and can rotate relative to the first fixing rod, and the closing buckle is sleeved on the second fixing rod and can be relatively the second fixed rod rotates;
  • the opening elastic member is located on the side of the opening buckle away from the driving plate, and when the driving plate is used to rotate to the first position, the opening elastic member is used to provide the opening the driving force of the buckle toward the driving opening, so that the opening buckle is connected with the driving opening;
  • the closing elastic member is located on the side of the closing buckle away from the driving disc, and when the driving disc is used to rotate to the second position, the closing elastic member is used to provide the closing The buckle faces the driving force of the driving opening, so that the closing buckle is connected with the driving opening.
  • the base assembly further includes a third fixing rod, a fourth fixing rod, a fifth fixing rod, and a sixth fixing rod, the third fixing rod and the fifth fixing rod are arranged on the same side, so The fourth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod are arranged on the same side, and the two ends of the operation clamp are respectively fixed on the third fixed rod and the fifth fixed rod, the fourth fixed rod and the on the sixth fixed pole.
  • first fixed rod, the fifth fixed rod, the second fixed rod, the third fixed rod, the sixth fixed rod and the fourth fixed rod surround the outer peripheral side of the groove of the drive disc successively, the first fixed rod, the second fixed rod.
  • the extension directions of the third fixed rod, the fourth fixed rod, the fifth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod are parallel to the axial direction of the operation shaft.
  • the length of the fifth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod in the axial direction is smaller than that of the first fixed rod, the second fixed rod, the third fixed rod, and the fourth fixed rod.
  • the fifth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod are used to fix the operation pallet, and the first fixed rod, the second fixed rod, the third fixed rod, and the fourth fixed rod are also used to fix the components above the operation pallet, such as the fourth fixed rod
  • the lever is also connected with the ninth torsion arm of the trip torsion spring.
  • a drive disc groove is provided on the base, and the drive disc is located in the drive disc groove, and the drive assembly further includes a switch component, and the switch component is located in the drive disc recess.
  • the groove is away from the side of the drive disk. That is to say, the switch part is located at the bottom of the drive disc groove, and the switch part is fixedly connected with the drive disc through the bottom of the drive disc groove. When the drive disc rotates, the switch part will rotate synchronously. on or connected.
  • the structure of the switch part can be set according to the on-off device, so that the switch part can control the on-off device to be disconnected and connected.
  • a square groove is provided on the surface of the switch component away from the driving disk, a square column is provided in the on-off device, and the direction column is located in the square groove, when the switch When the component rotates, through the cooperation between the square groove and the square column, the square column can be driven to rotate, and then the disconnection and connection of the on-off device can be realized.
  • the first operation plate includes a first push brake portion and a second push brake portion, and the radius of the first push brake portion and the second push brake portion is the same as the radius of the driving plate.
  • a free movable part is further provided between the first push gate part and the second push gate part, the radius of the freely movable part is smaller than the radius of the driving disc, and the second gate above the first operating disc
  • a locking part is connected to the free movable part, and a second locking part under the first operation panel is connected to a side of the first push gate part or the second push gate part away from the free movable part.
  • the radii of the first push gate part, the second push gate part and the free movement part respectively refer to the vertical distances between the first push gate part, the second push gate part free movement part and the axis of the operating shaft.
  • the radius of the first push brake part and the second push brake part is the same as the radius of the drive plate, so that when the first push brake part and the second push brake part are rotated to the position of the opening buckle or the closing buckle, the opening The catch or closing catch is pushed out from the drive opening.
  • the driving plate, the operation clamping plate, the first operating plate, the second operating plate and the energy storage plate are arranged in sequence along the axial direction of the operating shaft.
  • the structure of the free tripping mechanism is simple and the volume is small.
  • the free tripping mechanism further includes a return torsion spring, the return torsion spring is sleeved on the operating shaft and is located on a side of the trip bottom plate away from the base. Setting the reset torsion spring can better realize the reset of the operation shaft, the second operation panel and the knob after the opening is completed, saving the force of the operation knob, and the user experience is better.
  • the return torsion spring includes a seventh torsion arm, an eighth torsion arm and a return torsion spring main body, the return torsion spring main body is sleeved on the operating shaft, the seventh torsion arm and the The second fixed rod is connected, and the eighth torsion arm is connected with the operating shaft.
  • the operating shaft has a shaft protrusion, and the eighth torsion arm is connected to the shaft protrusion.
  • the manual opening and closing of the free tripping mechanism can be realized through cooperation among the operating assembly, the driving assembly, and the base assembly. Simplify the manual opening and manual closing operation chain of the free trip mechanism.
  • the free tripping mechanism can be realized through cooperation among the base component, the driving component, the operating component, the energy storage component, the tripping component, and the tripping component. Opening. In order to realize the automatic disconnection of the electronic equipment or the power conversion device, and improve the precision of the remote control.
  • the vertical distance between the end of the closing buckle away from the base and the bottom of the base is greater than the vertical distance between the energy storage protrusion and the bottom of the base, and the energy storage protrusion is farther away from the bottom of the base.
  • the vertical distance between one end of the operation shaft and the axis of the operation shaft is equal to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the first operation disk and the axis of the operation shaft.
  • the specific size and energy storage strength of the energy storage torsion spring can be determined according to the size of the free tripping mechanism and According to actual needs, as long as the energy storage torsion spring has sufficient elastic energy when closing, the energy storage torsion spring can push the closing buckle and push the first operating shaft to rotate to complete the opening. brake.
  • the present application provides a switch, including an on-off device and a free tripping mechanism as described in any one of the above, the on-off device is connected to the free tripping mechanism, and the free tripping mechanism uses It is used to control the disconnection and connection of the on-off device.
  • the opening of the switch can be realized when the operating shaft is stuck or the knob is stuck.
  • the switch further includes a tripping device, and the tripping device is configured to control the tripping assembly and the energy storage assembly to unlock according to the opening signal.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including an electrical device and the above-mentioned switch, the electrical device is connected to the on-off device, and the on-off device is used to control the opening and closing of the electrical device. closure.
  • the switch of the application the opening switch can be realized to close the control electronic equipment when a fault occurs, thereby improving the safety performance of the electronic equipment.
  • the present application provides a power supply system, including a control unit, a DC source, a power conversion unit, and the switch as described above, the switch is electrically connected between the DC source and the power conversion unit, and the The control unit is used for sending an opening signal to the switch when the DC source or the power conversion unit fails.
  • the opening switch can be realized to shut down the control power supply system when a fault occurs, thereby improving the safety performance of the power supply system.
  • the present application provides a power conversion device, including a circuit board and the above-mentioned switch, the circuit board is electrically connected to the tripping device, and provides an opening signal to the tripping device.
  • the opening switch can be used to shut down the control power conversion device when it fails, so as to improve the safety performance of the power conversion device.
  • Fig. 1 is a structural block diagram of a power supply system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a power conversion device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is an exploded view of a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5a is a schematic structural diagram of a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of locking between the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 7a is a side view of the locking of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 7b is the A-A sectional view of Fig. 7a;
  • Fig. 7c is a schematic structural diagram of a tripping assembly in a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 7d is a structural schematic diagram of locking between the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic perspective view of unlocking the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 9a is a side view of unlocking the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 9b is a B-B sectional view of Fig. 9a;
  • Fig. 9c is a structural schematic diagram of the tripping assembly rotating relative to the operating shaft after the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are unlocked in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 9d is a schematic structural diagram of the trip assembly rotating relative to the operation shaft after the trip assembly and the operation shaft are unlocked in the free trip mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 9e is a structural schematic diagram of the tripping assembly rotating relative to the operating shaft after the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are unlocked in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 9f is a schematic structural diagram of the operating shaft and the tripping assembly after reset in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the locking of the tripping assembly in the free tripping mechanism and the energy storage disc in the energy storage assembly provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the unlocking of the tripping assembly in the free tripping mechanism and the energy storage disc in the energy storage assembly provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 12a is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the tripping component and the operating component in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 12b is a side view of the tripping assembly and the operating assembly in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 13 is a top view of a free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a top view of a free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a partially enlarged view of part M in Fig. 13;
  • Fig. 16 is a partial enlarged view of part P in Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 17 is a partially enlarged view of part Q in Fig. 11;
  • Figure 18 is a partial enlarged view in Figure 13;
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic structural view of the energy storage component in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 20a is a schematic structural view of the operating shaft and the operating clamping plate in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 20b is a structural schematic diagram of the installation of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 20c is a cross-sectional view of C-C in Figure 20b;
  • Fig. 20d is a top view of the installation of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 21a is a schematic structural view of the operating shaft and the operating clamping plate in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 21b is a D-D sectional view in Figure 21a;
  • Fig. 21c is a top view of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 22a is a schematic structural view of the operating shaft and the operating clamping plate in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 22b is a cross-sectional view of E-E in Figure 22a;
  • Fig. 22c is a top view of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 23a is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 23b is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 24a is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 24b is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 25a is a bottom view of the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 25b is a bottom view of the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 26a is a top view of the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is switched off;
  • Fig. 26b is a top view of the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is switched on;
  • Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual closing of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual closing of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 29 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 30 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 31 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the free tripping mechanism re-closing manually provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 32 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 33 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 34a is a top view of the tripping assembly and the operating assembly in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 34b is a top view of the tripping assembly and the operating assembly in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of the indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
  • orientation terms such as “upper” and “lower” are defined relative to the schematic placement orientation of the structures in the drawings. It should be understood that these directional terms are relative concepts, and they are used relative to The description and clarification of , which may vary accordingly to changes in the orientation in which the structure is placed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a power supply system and a switch used in the power supply system.
  • the power supply system includes a control unit, a switch, a DC source and a power conversion unit, the switch is electrically connected between the DC source and the power conversion unit, and the control unit is used to send a trip switch when the DC source or the power conversion unit fails. signal to the switch.
  • the DC source may be a photovoltaic module, or a photovoltaic string, or a series-parallel circuit of a photovoltaic module and a photovoltaic string, and the DC source may also be a power conversion unit.
  • the power conversion unit may be a DC/DC converter or a DC/AC converter.
  • Both the DC source and the power conversion unit can be regarded as a power supply circuit.
  • the control unit detects the occurrence of the failure, and the control unit can send an opening signal to Switch, this opening signal is used to trigger (that is, drive) the switch to open and disconnect the circuit.
  • control unit may be an independent controller, which is set in the power supply system independently of the DC source and the power conversion unit, and is electrically connected to the power conversion unit, the DC source and the switch through signal lines.
  • the power conversion unit may be an independent power conversion device, for example, an inverter.
  • control unit can also be integrated in other functional devices.
  • the control unit can be integrated in the inverter, which can be the control circuit or control chip on the main board in the inverter. In this way, the power conversion As an independent device, the device can be equipped with a switch in any scene, that is, it will trip automatically in the event of a circuit failure.
  • the switch provided in the present application may be an independent switching device and be set in the power supply system, or the switch may be set on a functional device in the power supply system, for example, in one embodiment, the switch is set on the power conversion device.
  • the power conversion device 100 includes a switch 200
  • the switch 200 includes a free trip mechanism 1, an on-off device 2 and a tripping device 4
  • the power conversion device 100 also includes a circuit board 3 and a housing 5, and the housing 5 is surrounded by Provide a storage space 6,
  • the circuit board 3 is arranged in the storage space 6
  • the free tripping mechanism 1 includes a knob 101 and a free tripping mechanism main body 102, wherein the on-off device 2, the tripping device 4 and the free tripping mechanism main body 102 are located in the storage space.
  • the on-off device 2 and the tripping device 4 are electrically connected to the circuit board 3 , and the knob 101 is located on one side of the outer surface of the housing 5 .
  • a control unit 301 is provided on the circuit board 3, and the control unit 301 is electrically connected to the tripping device 4.
  • the control unit 301 is used to send an opening signal to the tripping device 4, so that the tripping device 4 drives free tripping.
  • the tripping assembly in the mechanism main body 102 and the tripping assembly are unlocked to realize the opening of the switch 200 .
  • the present application also provides a switch 200 , and the switch 200 includes a free trip mechanism 1 and an on-off device 2 .
  • the free trip mechanism 1 controls the disconnection and connection of the on-off device 2 .
  • the switch 200 further includes a tripping device 4 for controlling the opening of the free trip mechanism 1 according to the opening signal.
  • the switch 200 provided by the present application can be independently arranged in an electronic device (not shown in the figure), and the electronic device includes a switch 200, an on-off device 2, a tripping device 4 and an electrical device, wherein the free tripping mechanism 1 and the on-off device
  • the breaking device 2 is stacked along the axial direction O of the free tripping mechanism 1, wherein the electrical device includes a circuit board, and a control unit is arranged on the circuit board, wherein the tripping device 4 includes a tripping push rod 401, which is used for the tripping push rod 401.
  • the on-off device 2 includes a static contact and a moving contact (not shown in the figure), and the free tripping mechanism 1 can drive the moving contact to rotate, so that the moving contact and the static contact are closed or opened. gate, to realize the closing or opening of the switch 200.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a free tripping mechanism 1 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is an exploded view of the free tripping mechanism 1 in Fig. 4, and the free tripping mechanism 1 includes a base assembly 10 , a driving assembly 20, an operating assembly 30, an energy storage assembly 40, a tripping assembly 50, a tripping assembly 60 and a housing 70, wherein the base assembly 10 serves as the base of the entire free tripping mechanism 1, and the housing 70 and the base assembly 10 surround
  • the drive assembly 20, the operation assembly 30, the energy storage assembly 40, the trip assembly 50, and the trip assembly 60 are located in the storage space
  • the above-mentioned free tripping mechanism main body 102 includes a base assembly 10, a drive Assembly 20, operating assembly 30, energy storage assembly 40, tripping assembly 50, tripping assembly 60 and housing 70
  • the free tripping mechanism 1 also includes a knob 101, and the knob 101 is located outside
  • the operating assembly 30 is connected with the knob 101 through the operating shaft 31, and the rotating knob 101 can realize the free release mechanism 1 through the cooperation between the operating assembly 30, the driving assembly 20 and the base assembly 10.
  • Manual opening and closing are used to realize the connection and disconnection of the electronic equipment or the power conversion device 100 .
  • the drive assembly 20 Through the cooperation between the base assembly 10, the drive assembly 20, the operation assembly 30, the energy storage assembly 40, the trip assembly 50, and the trip assembly 60, the opening of the free trip mechanism 1 can be realized, so as to realize electronic equipment or power conversion devices
  • the automatic disconnection of 100 improves the accuracy of remote control. It is not necessary to rotate the knob 101 when opening the brake. After the opening is completed, the rotating knob 101 is reset to the closing position.
  • the free tripping mechanism 1 of the present application will be described in detail below.
  • the driving assembly 20 , the part of the operating assembly 30 other than the operating shaft 31 , and the energy storage assembly 40 are arranged in sequence along the axial direction O.
  • the part of the operating assembly 30 other than the operating shaft 31 is located on the side of the energy storage assembly 40 away from the drive assembly 20, or in other words, the drive plate 20, the energy storage assembly 40, the first operating The discs 32 are arranged in sequence along the axial direction O.
  • the operating assembly 30 of the free tripping mechanism 1 includes an operating shaft 31 and a first operating plate 32 sleeved on the operating shaft 31; the energy storage assembly 40 is used for energy storage and energy release, and the energy storage assembly When 40 releases energy, the energy storage assembly 40 is also used to drive the first operating panel 32 to rotate; the tripping assembly 60 is fixedly connected to the first operating panel 32, and the tripping assembly 60 includes a first state and a second state. In the first state Next, the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31, and in the second state, the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked with the operating shaft 31; the tripping assembly 50 is used to lock the energy storage assembly 40 when the energy storage assembly 40 is completed. or under the control of the opening signal to unlock the energy storage assembly 40 and drive the tripping assembly 60 to switch from the first state to the second state, so that the energy storage assembly 40 releases energy to drive the first operation panel 32 to rotate to achieve freedom Opening of trip mechanism 1.
  • the first operation plate 32 is sheathed on the operation shaft 31 , and the first operation plate 32 can be fixedly connected or rotatably connected with the operation shaft 31 as required.
  • the first operation plate 32 when the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the automatic opening process, the first operation plate 32 is rotationally connected with the operation shaft 31, that is, the first operation plate 32 can rotate around the operation shaft 31;
  • the first operating panel 32 is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31 , that is, the first operating panel 32 cannot rotate around the operating shaft 31 , and the first operating panel 32 and the operating shaft 31 can rotate simultaneously.
  • the first operation plate 32 and the operation shaft 31 can be fixedly connected together indirectly through other components.
  • the rotation of the first operating disk 32 can be used to realize the opening of the free trip mechanism 1 , and if the first operating disk 32 does not rotate when opening, self-opening cannot be realized.
  • the operating shaft 31 passes through the housing 70 and is fixedly connected to the knob 101.
  • the rotation of the knob 101 drives the operating shaft 31 to rotate.
  • the rotation direction of the operating shaft 31 can be intuitively understood through the knob 101, which can provide users with Bring a better sense of experience.
  • turn the knob 101 by 90° to distinguish between opening and closing. For example, when the initial position is in the opening state, turn the knob 101 clockwise by 90° to achieve manual closing. If the initial position is in the closing state, turn the knob 101 counterclockwise. Rotate 90° to realize manual opening. In some embodiments, the knob 101 can be turned to other angles to realize manual opening and closing.
  • the energy storage component 40 also has an initial state, wherein the initial state of the energy storage component 40 refers to a state where the energy storage component 40 is not subjected to external force and has no energy.
  • the energy storage component 40 is used for energy storage, and the energy storage includes the dynamic process in the energy storage process and the static state when the energy storage is completed.
  • the energy storage component 40 stores energy, it means that the energy storage component 40 is subjected to an external force to store energy
  • the energy storage component 40 completes the energy storage it means that the energy storage component 40 maintains a static state with energy after completing the energy storage.
  • the energy release of the energy storage component 40 refers to the process in which the energy storage component 40 releases the stored energy.
  • the energy storage component 40 After the energy is released, the energy storage component 40 returns to the initial state, that is to say, the state cycle of the energy storage component 40 is: initial state-energy storage - energy storage complete - energy release - initial state.
  • the energy storage assembly 40 is used to drive the first operation panel 32 to rotate, that is, the energy released by the energy storage assembly 40 is transformed into a driving force for driving the first operation panel 32 to rotate, so as to drive the first operation panel 32 rotate.
  • the tripping assembly 60 can be locked and unlocked with the operating shaft 31 , the locked means that the two are relatively fixed, and the unlocked means that the two can move independently.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic perspective view of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31.
  • FIG. 7a is a side view of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31.
  • the operating shaft 31 is fixedly connected to the second operating plate 33, and the tripping half shaft 61 in the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the second operating plate 33, so that the tripping assembly 60 and the second operating plate 33 are locked.
  • the operation shaft 31 is locked.
  • the position circled by the dotted circle Y1 in FIG. 6 is the position where the tripping half shaft 61 is locked with the second operation disk 33.
  • the specific locking method will be explained below, and only shown here The tripping half shaft 61 and the second operation plate 33 can maintain a locked state.
  • Fig. 8 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of unlocking the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31
  • Fig. 9a is a side view of unlocking the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft
  • Fig. 9b is a B-B cross-sectional view of FIG. 9a
  • 9c and 9d are structural schematic diagrams of the tripping assembly 60 rotating relative to the operating shaft 31 after the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked from the operating shaft 31 .
  • the operating shaft 31 is fixedly connected to the second operating plate 33 , and the tripping half shaft 61 in the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked from the second operating plate 33 , so that the tripping assembly 60 and the operating plate 33 are unlocked.
  • the shaft 31 is unlocked.
  • the position circled by the dotted circle Y2 in FIG. 8 is the position where the trip axle 61 and the second operation panel 33 are unlocked.
  • the specific unlocking method will be explained below, and only the trip axle is shown here. 61 and the second operation panel 33 can maintain an unlocked state.
  • the tripping assembly 60 When the knob 101 is stuck and the operating shaft 31 is stuck, that is, the operating shaft 31 is fixed, if the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31, the tripping assembly 60 also remains fixed at this time, and the Other components fixedly connected to the assembly 60 also remain fixed; when the knob 101 is stuck and the operating shaft 31 is stuck, that is, the operating shaft 31 is fixed, and if the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked, at this time, the The time tripping assembly 60 can move freely, for example, can rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 , and other components fixedly connected to the tripping assembly 60 can also rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 . In this embodiment, the tripping assembly 60 is locked and unlocked with the operating shaft 31 through the tripping half shaft 61. In other embodiments, it can also be realized through a magnetic buckle or buckle, not limited to the tripping half shaft 61. .
  • the tripping assembly 50 is used to realize locking and unlocking with the energy storage assembly 40, wherein the locking of the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 means that the energy storage assembly 40 and the tripping assembly 50 remain relatively fixed, and the unlocking The unlocking of the buckle assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 means that the energy storage assembly 40 can rotate freely relative to the trip assembly 50 .
  • FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 FIG. 10 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the locking of the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage disk 41 in the energy storage assembly 40
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage disk in the energy storage assembly 40 41. Schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of unlocking.
  • the tripping assembly 50 is locked and unlocked with the energy storage assembly 40 through the tripping half shaft 51.
  • it can also be realized by a magnetic buckle or buckle , is not limited to the trip axle shaft 51.
  • the opening signal can be sent by the control unit in the circuit board 3 (as shown in Figure 3), in conjunction with Figure 3 and Figure 5, in one embodiment, the control unit in the circuit board 3 sends the opening signal to the device 4, the tripping device 4 drives the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 to unlock, and at the same time, the tripping assembly 50 also drives the tripping assembly 60 to switch from the first state to the second state, that is to say, the tripping assembly 50 and the storage
  • the unlocking of the enabling component 40 and the driving of the tripping component 60 by the tripping component 50 to switch from the first state to the second state occur simultaneously or successively within a short interval.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the initial state of the free trip mechanism 1 before opening. Schematic diagram of the structure of the brake, the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked in FIG. 11 .
  • the trip assembly 50 is locked with the energy storage assembly 40 (as shown in FIG. 10 )
  • the trip assembly 60 is in the first state (as shown in FIG. 6 ), that is, the trip assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31;
  • the tripping assembly 50 is unlocked with the energy storage assembly 40 under the control of the opening signal (as shown in FIG.
  • the tripping assembly 60 is driven to switch from the first state to the second state, and the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked with the operating shaft 31 (as shown in Figure 8), and the tripping assembly 60 is fixedly connected to the first operating plate 32, the tripping assembly 60 and the first operating plate 32 can rotate synchronously relative to the operating shaft 31, when the energy storage assembly 40 releases energy , when the energy storage assembly 40 drives the first operation plate 32 to rotate, the energy storage assembly 40 can drive the tripping assembly 60 and the first operation plate 32 to rotate synchronously relative to the operation shaft 31, that is to say, even if the operation shaft 31 is stuck It also does not affect the rotation of the first operation panel 32 , and the rotation of the first operation panel 32 can realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 .
  • the free release mechanism 1 provided in the present application can also realize opening when the operating shaft 31 is stuck or the knob 101 is stuck.
  • the control unit 301 in the circuit board 3 will An opening signal is sent to the tripping device 4 , and the tripping device 4 drives the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 to unlock to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 , thereby effectively protecting the power conversion device 100 .
  • the control unit 301 in the circuit board 3 sends an opening signal to the tripping device 4 , the tripping device 4 drives the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 to unlock, so as to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1, thereby effectively protecting the electronic equipment.
  • the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are used to realize the rotation of the first operating plate 32, and the first operating plate 32 and the operating shaft 31 Always maintain a fixed connection.
  • the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked. If the operating shaft 31 is stuck and cannot rotate, even if the energy storage assembly 40 releases energy to drive the first The operation panel 32 and the first operation panel 32 also cannot rotate, so the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 cannot be realized.
  • the free tripping mechanism 1 can realize opening through the tripping assembly 60 when the operating shaft 31 is stuck or the knob 101 is stuck.
  • the opening of the free release mechanism 1 is realized by the rotation of the first operation plate 32. It can be understood that the rotation of the first operation plate 32 can make the first operation plate 32 be in different positions, and different positions can correspond to Open state and closed state of free tripping mechanism 1. Please continue to refer to FIG. 5 , in one embodiment, the first operating panel 32 can be engaged with the opening buckle 14 or the closing buckle 12 through the drive assembly 20 , when the first operating panel 32 rotates to the When the opening buckle 14 is at the corresponding position, the drive assembly 20 is engaged with the opening buckle 14, and the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the opening state.
  • the driving assembly 20 engages with the closing buckle 12, and the free release mechanism 1 is in the closing state. It is only explained here that the rotation of the first operation panel 32 can realize the opening of the free trip mechanism 1, wherein the first operation panel 32 realizes the opening and closing of the free trip mechanism 1 through the drive assembly 20, the opening buckle 14, and the closing buckle 12. The specific process of closing and opening will be described below. In an embodiment, the first operation panel 32 can also realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 through other components.
  • Fig. 6 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31
  • Fig. 7a is a side view of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31
  • Fig. 7b is a diagram A-A section view of 7a.
  • the tripping assembly 60 includes a tripping semi-shaft 61
  • the operating assembly 30 further includes a second operating plate 33
  • the second operating plate 33 is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31, and the tripping semi-shaft 61 and the first operating plate 32 rotatably connected
  • the tripping half shaft 61 includes a first locking portion 611 and a first notch portion 612 that are oppositely arranged.
  • the second operation disk 33 is fixedly connected to the operation shaft 31 , so that the second operation disk 33 and the operation shaft 31 remain fixedly connected in the circumferential direction, that is, the second operation disk 33 and the operation shaft 31 can rotate synchronously.
  • the second operating disc 33 is sleeved on the operating shaft 31 and is fixedly connected with the operating shaft 31, and part of the arc-shaped surface can be partially removed from the position where the operating shaft 31 is installed with the second operating disc 33, so that the operating shaft 31 and the second operating panel 33 are installed with a rectangular cross-section, as shown in Figure 7a, where the part J framed by the dotted line is a part of the operating shaft 31 with a rectangular cross-section, and the second operating disc 33 is sleeved in the operating shaft 31 The position where the cross section is rectangular allows the second operating disk 33 to rotate when the operating shaft 31 rotates.
  • the second operating plate 33 can be fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31 by buckling, screwing or welding.
  • the rotatable connection between the tripping half shaft 61 and the first operation plate 32 means that the tripping half shaft 61 can rotate around the axial direction of the tripping half shaft 61 relative to the first operation plate 32, and the tripping half shaft 61 can be directly connected to the first operation plate 32.
  • the operation panel 32 is connected in rotation.
  • a through hole is provided on the first operation panel 32 , and the tripping axle 61 is passed through the through hole so as to be able to rotate relative to the first operation panel 32 .
  • the tripping semi-axis 61 can also be indirectly connected in rotation with the first operating plate 32, for example, other components (such as an operation fixed plate) are fixed on the first operating plate 32, and the tripping semi-axis 61 is rotatably connected with other components to realize the connection with the first operating plate 32.
  • An operation panel 32 is rotatably connected.
  • FIG. 7c is a schematic structural diagram of the tripping assembly 60 .
  • the tripping half shaft 61 is cylindrical as a whole, for example, can be cylindrical.
  • the cylindrical tripping half shaft 61 is conducive to rotation.
  • the first locking portion 611 and the first notch portion 612 are disposed opposite to each other, which means that the first locking portion 611 and the first notch portion 612 are disposed opposite to each other along the radial direction of the tripping semi-axis 61 .
  • a "U"-shaped groove is provided on the tripping half shaft 61.
  • the "U"-shaped groove refers to a groove with a U-shaped cross section.
  • the first notch 612 includes the "U"-shaped groove
  • the size of 612 along the radial direction R can be equal to the length of the radius of the tripping half shaft 61, half of the position corresponding to the first notch 612 of the tripping half shaft 61 can be removed to form the first notch 612, and the remaining half is The first locking part 611 .
  • the size and shape of the first notch portion 612 and the first locking portion 611 can be set as required.
  • the second operating plate 33 In the first state, the second operating plate 33 is in contact with the first locking portion 611 to be locked with the first locking portion 611 , thereby locking the trip assembly 60 with the operating shaft 31 .
  • the second operating panel 33 includes a disc 331 and a protruding rod 332 located on the edge of the disc 331. The protruding rod 332 contacts the first locking part 611 so that the second The operating disk 33 is in contact with the first locking portion 611 . It should be understood that the positions of the tripping shaft 61 and the protruding rod 332 should match so that the two can be in contact.
  • the second operation plate 33 can be in the shape of a disk, and a missing portion 333 (as shown in FIG. contact, so that the second operation panel 33 is locked with the first locking portion 611 .
  • the shape, structure, and size of the second operation panel 33 can be set according to the structure and size of the trip assembly 60 , so that the second operation panel 33 and the trip assembly 60 can be locked and unlocked.
  • the second operating panel 33 in the second state, is located in the inner space of the first notch 612 and can rotate relative to the first notch 612, so that the trip axle 61 and the second operating panel 33 are unlocked, Then the trip assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked.
  • the protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 is located in the inner space of the first notch 612, so that the protruding rod 332 does not contact the solid part of the tripping shaft 61, so that the second operating disc 33 can Rotate relative to the tripping half shaft 61 to realize the unlocking of the tripping half shaft 61 and the second operation panel 33 .
  • Fig. 7b and Fig. 9b Please combine Fig. 7b and Fig. 9b.
  • the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 by a certain angle in the clockwise S direction, so that the first notch 612 is opposite to the protruding rod 332 At this time, the tripping semi-shaft 61 and the second operation plate 33 (or the operating shaft 31) are in the unlocked initial position.
  • the protruding rod 332 will slide into the first notch 612 (as shown in Figure 9c and Figure 9d), and the tripping semi-axis 61 is unlocked with the second operation panel 33 (or operating shaft 31), that is, the tripping semi-axis 61 can move freely relative to the operating shaft 31.
  • the tripping assembly 50 is used to drive the tripping shaft 61 to rotate under the control of the opening signal, so as to switch the tripping assembly 60 from the first state to the second state.
  • an opening signal is sent, and the tripping assembly 50 drives the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate, so that the tripping assembly 60 and the second operation panel 33 are unlocked, and then the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked to realize the separation. brake.
  • the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates clockwise S around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 to realize unlocking with the operating shaft 31, and the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates counterclockwise N around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 to achieve Locked with the operating shaft 31.
  • the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates anticlockwise N around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 to realize unlocking from the operating shaft 31, and the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates clockwise S around the tripping semi-shaft 61 to achieve Locked with the operating shaft 31.
  • the unlocking and locking of the trip assembly 60 and the operation shaft 31 are realized through the trip semi-shaft 61 and the second operation plate 33 , which can be realized only by rotating the trip semi-shaft 61 , which makes the operation simple.
  • the tripping assembly 60 can also be a magnetic buckle or buckle, which can be used to unlock and lock the operating shaft 31 , not limited to the tripping half shaft 61 .
  • Fig. 12a is to increase the operation fixed disk 34 on the basis of Fig. 6
  • Fig. 12b is the side view of Fig.
  • the disc 34 is fixed on the first operating disc 32, and the tripping half shaft 61 is rotatably connected to the operating fixed disc 34 and is rotatably connected to the first operating disc 32.
  • the tripping assembly 60 also includes a tripping driver 62, and the tripping driver 62 is fixedly connected with the trip half shaft 61, and when the trip assembly 50 is used to drive the trip driver 62 to rotate, the trip driver 62 is used to drive the trip half shaft 61 to rotate, so that the second operation panel 33 is located in the first gap
  • the inner space of the portion 612 can be rotated relative to the first notch portion 612 to unlock the trip assembly 60 and the second operation panel 33 .
  • the trip semi-shaft 61 is passed through the operation fixed disk 34 and can rotate around the axial direction of the trip semi-shaft 61 relative to the operation fixed disk 34 .
  • the tripping driver 62 is in an arc shape, and when the tripping assembly 50 is used to drive the tripping driver 62 to rotate clockwise, the tripping driver 62 is used to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate clockwise.
  • the arc length or shape of the trip driving member 62 can be set according to the trip assembly 50, so that the trip assembly 50 can drive the trip assembly 60 to rotate.
  • the operation fixed plate 34 includes a first fixed part 341 and a second fixed part 342, one end of the first fixed part 341 is fixed on the first operation plate 32, the first fixed part 341 The other end of the part 341 is connected to the second fixed part 342, the second fixed part 342 is roughly parallel to the first operation panel 32, and the release half shaft 61 is passed through the second fixed part 342 and is rotatably connected with the second fixed part 342 .
  • the protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 is located between the first fixing part 341 and the tripping half shaft 61.
  • the protruding rod 332 can pass through Pushing the first fixing part 341 drives the second operation plate 33 , the tripping assembly 60 and the first operation plate 32 to rotate counterclockwise.
  • the operation fixed plate 34 further includes a third fixed portion 343, the third fixed portion 343 is fixed on the first operation plate 32 and is arranged on the same side as the first fixed portion 341, and the two ends of the second fixed portion 342 Respectively connected to the first fixing part 341 and the second fixing part 342, there is a certain distance between the first fixing part 341 and the third fixing part 343, so that the second operation panel 33 can be positioned between the first fixing part 341 and the third fixing part 343, the third fixing part 343 and the first fixing part 341 can make the operating fixed plate 34 be stably connected to the first operating plate 32, and the second fixing part 342 can not only be used to rotate and connect with the tripping half shaft 61,
  • the first fixing part 341, the third fixing part 343, and the first operating panel 32 can also be surrounded by a limiting space (not shown), which is used to limit the protruding rod 332 of the second operating disc 33, so that the protruding rod 332 can move in the limited space, which improves the locking and unlock
  • Figure 13 is a top view of the free trip mechanism 1 before opening, wherein the energy storage component 40 is locked with the trip assembly 50
  • Figure 14 is a top view of the free trip mechanism 1 during the opening process, Wherein the energy storage component 40 is locked with the trip component 50 .
  • the tripping assembly 60 further includes a tripping torsion spring 63 , the tripping torsion spring 63 is sheathed on the tripping shaft 61 , and the tripping torsion spring 63 is used to drive the tripping shaft in the tripping assembly 50 61 is stored in the process of unlocking the second operation panel 33, and the tripping torsion spring 63 is also used to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate when the driving force of the tripping assembly 50 on the tripping half shaft 61 is released, so that the first A locking part 611 is reset.
  • Figure 15 is a partial enlarged view of part M in Figure 13, in this embodiment, the tripping torsion spring 63 includes a first torsion arm 631 and a second torsion arm 632, the first torsion arm 631 is fixed to the operation
  • the disc 34 is connected
  • the second torsion arm 632 is connected with the trip driver 62
  • the trip assembly 50 is used to drive the trip driver 62 to rotate in the first direction and drive the second torsion arm 632 to rotate in the first direction, so that the trip torsion
  • the spring 63 stores energy.
  • the tripping torsion spring 63 drives the tripping axle 61 to rotate in the second direction through the second torsion arm 632, so that the first lock
  • the holding part 611 is reset, and the second direction is opposite to the first direction.
  • the first direction is a clockwise direction S
  • the second direction is a counterclockwise direction N
  • the first direction is a counterclockwise direction N
  • the second direction is a clockwise direction S.
  • the tripping torsion spring 63 also includes a tripping torsion spring main body 633, the tripping torsion spring main body 633 is sleeved on the end of the tripping axle 61 away from the first operation plate 32, and the first torsion arm 631 is connected with the operation fixed plate 34
  • the methods include but are not limited to resisting, fixed connection, and clamping, wherein the radius of the position where the tripping half shaft 61 is sleeved with the tripping torsion spring body 633 is the same as the first locking part 611 and the first locking part 611 of the tripping half shaft 61.
  • the radii of the notched plates 612 may be unequal (as shown in Figure 7c).
  • the operation fixed plate 34 further includes a first fixed branch 344, and the first fixed branch 344 is located on the side of the second fixed portion 342 away from the first operation plate 32.
  • the first fixed The branch 344 is used to connect the first torsion arm 631 , wherein the first fixed branch 344 can be configured as a groove, and the first torsion arm 631 is located in the groove of the first fixed branch 344 .
  • connection manners of the second torsion arm 632 and the tripping driver 62 include but not limited to abutting, fixed connection, and clamping.
  • the release torsion spring 63 stores energy through compression, that is, the closer the distance between the first torsion arm 631 and the second torsion arm 632 is, the greater the stored energy is.
  • the release torsion spring 63 stores energy by stretching, that is, the farther the distance between the first torsion arm 631 and the second torsion arm 632 is, the greater the stored energy is.
  • the reset and rotation of the trip axle shaft 61 is realized by the trip torsion spring 63 , which has a simple structure and is easy to operate.
  • the tripping torsion spring 63 may be replaced by other elastic bodies, or other driving components may be used to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to reset and rotate, not limited to the tripping torsion spring 63 .
  • Figure 16 is a partial enlarged view of part P in Figure 10
  • Figure 17 is a partial enlarged view of part Q in Figure 11, in a possible implementation, the trip assembly 50 includes a fixed connection
  • the tripping assembly 50 further includes a tripping bottom plate 54 , the tripping bottom plate 54 is sleeved on the operating shaft 31 , and the operating shaft 31 can rotate relative to the tripping bottom plate 54 , and the tripping bottom plate 54 It is fixedly connected with the housing 70 , and the trip half shaft 51 is rotatably connected to the trip bottom plate 54 .
  • the trip half shaft 51 can also be rotatably connected to the housing 70 , or rotatably connected to the base 11 , only the trip half shaft 51 can be rotatable.
  • the trip semi-axis 51 is cylindrical as a whole, for example, it may be cylindrical, and the cylindrical trip semi-axis 51 is conducive to rotation.
  • the second locking part 511 and the second notch part 512 are arranged opposite to each other, which means that the second locking part 511 and the second notch part 512 are arranged opposite to each other along the radial direction of the trip semi-axis 51, and " U"-shaped groove, the second notch 512 includes the inner space of the "U"-shaped groove and the inner wall of the "U"-shaped groove.
  • the maximum The depth can be equal to the length of the radius of the trip semi-axis 51, that is, the size of the second notch 512 in the radial direction can be equal to the length of the radius of the trip semi-axis 51, and the trip semi-axis 51 can be corresponding to the second notch.
  • Half of the position of 512 is removed to form the second notch 512 , and the remaining half is the second locking portion 511 .
  • the size and shape of the second notch portion 512 and the second locking portion 511 can be set as required.
  • the second locking part 511 is used to lock the energy storage component 40 when the energy storage component 40 is completed, so that the tripping component 50 is locked with the energy storage component 40; wherein the second locking The locking method of the portion 511 and the energy storage assembly 40 is not limited, and the second locking portion 511 can contact or engage with the energy storage assembly 40 . In this embodiment, the second locking portion 511 is in contact with the energy storage assembly 40 to lock the two.
  • the trip driving part 52 when the trip driving part 52 is used to receive the opening signal and under the control of the opening signal, the trip driving part 52 rotates counterclockwise N, driving the trip half shaft 51 around the trip half
  • the axial rotation of the shaft 51 makes the part of the energy storage assembly 40 located in the inner space of the second notch 512 , realizing unlocking of the trip half shaft 51 and the energy storage assembly 40 , so that the energy storage assembly 40 is released.
  • the trip driving member 52 can be driven to rotate by the trip push rod 401 in the trip device 4 described above (as shown in FIG. 3 ).
  • the trip driver 52 includes a first trip lever 521 and a second trip lever 522 connected to each other.
  • the first trip lever 521 is used to rotate under the control of the opening signal. , drive the trip semi-shaft 51 to rotate to realize the unlocking of the trip semi-shaft 51 and the energy storage assembly 40; the first trip lever 521 is also used to drive the second trip lever 522 to rotate, and the second trip lever 522 rotates to realize The trip assembly 60 is unlocked from the operating shaft 31 .
  • the second trip lever 522 Since the second trip lever 522 is fixedly connected to the trip axle 51, when the trip axle 51 rotates counterclockwise N, it drives the second trip lever 522 to rotate counterclockwise N, wherein the trip driver 62 in the trip assembly 60 One end is connected to the trip half shaft 61, and the other end of the trip driver 62 extends toward the second trip lever 522, that is to say, the second trip lever 522 is opposite to the end of the trip driver 62 and the second trip The lever 522 is located on the outside of the trip driver 62 away from the operating shaft 31.
  • the trip driver 62 is roughly in an arc shape, and the second trip lever 522 is in an arc shape adapted to the trip driver 62, which is beneficial for the second trip lever 522 to push the trip driver. 62 spins.
  • the size, shape and distance of the second trip lever 522 and the trip driver 62 can be determined according to the radius of the trip half shaft 61, the size of the first notch 612, the first locking part 611 and The shape structure is set so that when the first trip lever 521 rotates under the control of the opening signal, the trip assembly 60 and the operation shaft 31 can be unlocked.
  • FIG. 18 is a partial enlarged view of FIG. 13.
  • the tripping assembly 50 further includes a tripping torsion spring 53, and the tripping torsion spring 53 is sleeved on the tripping half shaft 51;
  • the trip torsion spring 53 is used to release the energy and drive the second locking part 511 to lock with the energy storage component 40;
  • the trip driver 52 is used to drive under the control of the opening signal
  • the trip half shaft 51 rotates counterclockwise, the trip torsion spring 53 is also used for energy storage.
  • the tripping torsion spring 53 can be pre-compressed to store energy.
  • the energy storage assembly 40 stores energy, and a part of the energy storage assembly 40 is located in the second notch 512 and abuts against the second notch. 512, when the energy storage assembly 40 rotates, it abuts against the inner wall of the second notch 512, so that the tripping torsion spring 53 keeps the static state of energy storage. When the energy storage assembly 40 completes the energy storage, the tripping torsion spring 53 is released.
  • the second locking part 511 can be driven to lock with the energy storage assembly 40 .
  • the first trip lever 521 is controlled to rotate by the switch-on signal, so that the trip shaft 51 is locked with the energy storage disc 41 , wherein the switch-on signal can be sent by the control unit 301 .
  • the tripping torsion spring 53 includes a ninth torsion arm 531 , a tenth torsion arm 532 and a tripping torsion spring body 533 , and the tripping torsion spring body 533 is sheathed on the tripping shaft 51
  • the ninth torsion arm 531 is connected to the fourth fixed rod 114
  • the tenth torsion arm 532 is connected to the second fixed branch 513 on the trip axle 51 .
  • the ninth torsion arm 531 and the tenth torsion arm 532 are compressed toward each other to store energy for the tripping torsion spring 53 .
  • the ninth torsion arm 531 and the tenth torsion arm 532 are intersected, and the ninth torsion arm 531 and the tenth torsion arm 532 are stretched away from each other to store energy for the tripping torsion spring 53 .
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of the free tripping mechanism 1 when it is switched off.
  • the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked.
  • the energy storage assembly 40 includes an energy storage disc 41 and an energy storage torsion spring 42 (as shown in FIG. 5 ) sleeved on the operating shaft 31.
  • the energy storage assembly 40 is released (as shown in FIG. As shown), the energy storage disk 41 is in contact with the first operation disk 32, the energy storage torsion spring 42 is used to drive the energy storage disk 41 to rotate, and the energy storage disk 41 is used to drive the first operation disk 32 to rotate.
  • the opening of the free tripping mechanism is realized by the rotation of the first operation panel 32 .
  • the energy storage disk 41 when the energy storage assembly 40 is used for energy storage, the energy storage disk 41 is in contact with the first operation disk 32, and the first operation disk 32 is used to rotate to drive the energy storage disk 41 to rotate, and the energy storage disk 41 is rotating
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 when the energy storage torsion spring 42 is stored, when the energy storage torsion spring 42 is completed, the energy storage assembly 40 is completed. That is, the first operating disk 32 drives the energy storage disk 41 to rotate to make the energy storage torsion spring 42 store energy, and when the energy storage torsion spring 42 releases energy, the energy storage disk 41 drives the first operation disk 32 to rotate.
  • the energy storage component 40 can complete the energy storage when the free tripping mechanism 1 is manually switched on. After the manual switch-on is completed, the energy storage component 40 keeps the energy storage state until the switch-off is realized. process.
  • the energy storage assembly 40 includes an energy storage disk 41 and an energy storage torsion spring 42, the energy storage assembly 40 can store and release energy through the energy storage torsion spring 42, and the first operation of driving is realized through the energy storage disk 41 Disk 32 rotates.
  • the energy storage component 40 can also be of other structures, for example, the energy storage and energy release of the energy storage component 40 can be realized by elastic body.
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 is used to realize energy storage and energy release, so that the structure of the energy storage component 40 is simple, and the free tripping mechanism 1 is miniaturized.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the energy storage assembly 40 in Fig. 5.
  • the energy storage disc 41 includes a fixedly connected energy storage bottom plate 411 and an energy storage top plate 412, and the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage
  • the energy top plate 412 is sleeved on the operation shaft 31, and both of them are rotatably connected with the operation shaft 31.
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 is located between the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412, and the outer periphery of the energy storage bottom plate 411 is provided with an energy storage protrusion. 413 , referring to FIG. 12 b and FIG.
  • the side of the first operation panel 32 facing the energy storage protruding portion 413 is provided with a first locking portion 321 , and the energy storage protruding portion 413 is in contact with the first locking portion 321 .
  • the energy storage protruding portion 413 extends radially, and the first engaging portion 321 extends axially.
  • the first locking part 321 is used to push the energy storage protruding part 413 to rotate, and the energy storage protruding part 413 is used to drive the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412 to rotate, and to give the energy storage torsion spring 42 energy storage.
  • the trip component 50 when the energy storage component 40 is completed, the trip component 50 is used to lock with the energy storage top plate 412 (as shown in Figure 16 ), so that the trip part 50 in the trip component 50 The shaft 51 is locked with the energy storage assembly 40; please combine Figure 14 and Figure 17, the trip assembly 50 is also used to unlock the energy storage top plate 412 under the control of the opening signal (as shown in Figure 17), and then with the energy storage Assembly 40 is unlocked.
  • FIG. 13 is a top view of the free trip mechanism 1 before it is opened, wherein the energy storage assembly 40 is locked with the trip assembly 50.
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 (not shown in the figure) ) to complete the energy storage so that the energy storage assembly 40 is completed.
  • the energy storage top plate 412 includes an energy storage push portion 4121 and an energy storage locking portion 4122.
  • the radius of the energy storage locking portion 4122 is smaller than the radius of the energy storage pushing portion 4121, and the energy storage The locking portion 4122 is in the shape of a groove.
  • the radius of the energy storage locking part 4122 refers to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the energy storage locking part 4122 away from the operating shaft 31 and the axis of the operating shaft 31, and the radius of the energy storage pushing part 4121 refers to The maximum vertical distance between the edge remote from the operating shaft 31 and the axis of the operating shaft 31 .
  • the torsion spring 53 drives the trip semi-shaft 51 to rotate clockwise S around the axial direction of the trip semi-shaft 51 , so that the second locking part 511 abuts against the energy storage locking part 4122 , so that the second locking part 511 Locked with the energy storage disk 41.
  • the energy storage plate 41 further includes an energy storage connection portion 414 , and the energy storage connection portion 414 is fixedly connected between the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412 .
  • the energy storage connecting portion 414 is used to support the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412 .
  • the energy storage tray 41 further includes an energy storage side wall 415 , and the energy storage side wall 415 is disposed around the periphery of the energy storage bottom plate 411 and/or the energy storage top plate 412 .
  • the energy storage side wall 415 is disposed around the periphery of the energy storage bottom plate 411 .
  • the energy storage side wall 415, the energy storage bottom plate 411, and the energy storage top plate 412 enclose the inner space (not shown) forming the energy storage disk 41, which is used to limit the energy storage torsion spring 42 inside the energy storage disk 41 space, to prevent the energy storage torsion spring 42 from shaking and affect the energy release or energy storage effect.
  • the energy storage plate 41 may not be provided with the energy storage side wall 415, for example, a plurality of energy storage connection parts 414 may be provided to be connected between the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412, and the plurality of energy storage connection parts 414 Arranged around the operating shaft 31 , the energy storage bottom plate 411 , the energy storage top plate 412 and a plurality of energy storage connecting parts 414 can also surround and form the inner space of the energy storage disk 41 .
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 includes a third torsion arm 421 and a fourth torsion arm 422, and the third torsion arm 421 can be connected to the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, wherein the connection methods include but are not limited to Resisting, fixed connection, clamping.
  • the third torsion arm 421 is connected to the energy storage connection part 414, so that the third torsion arm 421 is connected to the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, and the connection methods include but not limited to resistance, Fixedly connected and clipped, the fourth torsion arm 422 is connected with the first fixed rod 111 (in conjunction with step S IV in FIG. 32 ). In some implementations, the third torsion arm 421 may be directly connected to the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412 .
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 further includes an energy storage torsion spring body 423, which is sheathed on the operating shaft 31, and the third torsion arm 421 and the fourth torsion arm 422 are positioned on the side of the energy storage torsion spring. Both ends of the main body 423 .
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 is used to release energy, so that the third torsion arm 421 drives the energy storage connection part 414 rotates (as shown in Figure 19), the energy storage connection part 414 drives the first locking part 321 to rotate through the energy storage protruding part 413 (as shown in Figure 14), and the first locking part 321 is used to drive the first operation Disk 32 rotates.
  • the energy storage assembly 40 is used to drive the first operation panel 32 to rotate.
  • parts can be set on the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, so that the third torsion arm 421 can be connected with the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, so that the energy storage torsion spring 42 can release energy to drive It only needs to rotate the energy storage disk 41 , and then the energy storage protrusion 413 in the energy storage disk 41 can be driven to rotate.
  • the trip torsion spring 53 when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked, the trip torsion spring 53 stores energy, and when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are locked, the release torsion spring 53 releases energy. In some embodiments, when the tripping component 50 and the energy storage component 40 are unlocked, the tripping torsion spring 53 releases energy, and when the tripping component 50 and the energy storage component 40 are locked, the tripping torsion spring 53 stores energy.
  • the operation of the trip assembly 50 can be made simpler by using the trip torsion spring 53 . It is only necessary to push the first trip lever 521 to rotate through the trip push lever when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are locked. In some embodiments, the trip assembly 50 may not include the trip torsion spring 53 , and the first trip lever 521 is pushed to rotate by two push rods when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are locked and unlocked respectively.
  • Fig. 20a is a schematic diagram of the structure of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35
  • Fig. 20b is a schematic diagram of the structure when the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35 are installed
  • Fig. 20c is a sectional view of C-C in FIG. 20b
  • FIG. 20d is a top view when the operating shaft 31 and the operating clamp 35 are installed.
  • the operation assembly 30 further includes an operation clamping plate 35, the operation clamping plate 35 is provided with a clamping hole 351, the operating shaft 31 is inserted into the clamping hole 351 and can rotate relative to the clamping hole 351, and the operating shaft 31 is adjacent to the operation
  • One end of the clamping plate 35 is provided with a radially recessed clamping groove 311 , and a part of the operating clamping plate 35 around the clamping hole 351 is located in the clamping groove 311 .
  • the size of the operating clamping plate 35 along the axial direction O is smaller than or equal to the dimension of the locking groove 311 along the axial direction O, so that a part of the operating clamping plate 35 around the locking hole 351 can be locked into the locking groove 311 .
  • the operating shaft 31 includes an operating shaft clamping end 312 arranged adjacent to the operating clamping plate 35, and the part framed by a dotted line in Fig. 20b is the operating shaft clamping end 312, and the clamping groove 311 is provided On the clamp end 312 of the operating shaft.
  • the card hole 351 has a first size along the third direction X and a second size along the fourth direction Y, the third direction X and the fourth direction Y are perpendicular, the first size is greater than the second size; the operation axis card
  • the end 312 has a third dimension along the third direction X and a fourth dimension along the fourth direction Y, the third dimension is greater than the fourth dimension, the third dimension is also greater than the second dimension and less than or equal to the first dimension, the fourth dimension smaller than the second size.
  • the first dimension is the maximum dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the third direction X
  • the second dimension is the maximum dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the fourth direction Y
  • the third dimension is the maximum dimension of the operating shaft clamping end 312 along the third direction X
  • the fourth dimension is the maximum dimension of the clamping end 312 of the operating shaft along the fourth direction Y.
  • the operation shaft clamping end 312 when assembling, the operation shaft clamping end 312 is inserted in the clamping hole 351 along the third direction X, since the third dimension of the operating shaft clamping end 312 along the third direction X is smaller than The first dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the third direction X, the fourth dimension of the operating shaft clamping end 312 along the fourth direction Y is smaller than the second dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the fourth direction Y so that the operating shaft clamping end 312 can pass through smoothly. into the card hole 351.
  • FIG. 21a is a schematic structural diagram of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35
  • FIG. 21b is a D-D cross-sectional view in FIG. 21a
  • FIG. 21c is a top view when the operating shaft 31 and the operating clamp 35 are installed.
  • Figure 22a is a schematic structural view of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35
  • Figure 22b is the E-E section view in Figure 22a
  • Figure 22c is the installation of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35 top view.
  • the angle ⁇ of the buckle is 45°, and the angle ⁇ between the operating shaft clamp end 312 and the buckle is 135° in the closing state, and the operating shaft clamping end 312 becomes During the closing state, they are all engaged with the clamping hole 351, which can effectively prevent the operation shaft 31 from shaking and deviate from the axial O position when rotating, and improve the rotation accuracy of the operation shaft 31.
  • the diameter of the other parts of the operating shaft 31 except the clamping end 312 of the operating shaft is the same as the third dimension.
  • the included angle ⁇ in the closed state may also be 130°, 140° or 150°, etc., and is not limited to 135°.
  • the peripheral wall of the locking hole 351 includes an arc portion 3511 located in the middle area, the locking slot 311 is arc-shaped, the arc portion 3511 is locked into the locking slot 311 , and the arc shape facilitates the rotation of the operating shaft locking end 312 .
  • FIG. 23 a is a top view of the driving assembly 20 and the base assembly 10 .
  • the drive assembly 20 includes a drive disc 21 and a drive torsion spring 22 sleeved on the operation shaft 31 , and the drive disc 21 and the drive torsion spring 22 rotate with the operation shaft 31 in the circumferential direction of the operation shaft 31 Connection, the driving torsion spring 22 is in contact with the driving disk 21 and the first operation disk 32, the first operation disk 32 is used to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22 when rotating, and the driving torsion spring 22 is used to drive the driving disk 21 when releasing energy rotate.
  • the driving disc 21 includes a driving bottom plate 211 , a driving side plate 212 located on the same side of the driving bottom plate 211 , a first driving limiting portion 213 and a second driving limiting portion 214 , the first drive limiter 213 is located in the middle of the drive bottom plate 211, the drive side plate 212 is located at the edge of the drive base plate 211, the second drive limiter 214 is located between the first drive limiter 213 and the drive side plate 212, and the drive
  • the torsion spring 22 includes a driving torsion spring main body 223 and a fifth torsion arm 221 and a sixth torsion arm 222 connected to the driving torsion spring main body 223.
  • the driving torsion spring main body 223 is sleeved on the outside of the first driving stopper 213 and located at the second Between the first driving limiting part 213 and the second driving limiting part 214 , at least part of the second driving limiting part 214 and at least part of the first operation plate 32 are located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 .
  • the first operation panel 32 when it is used for rotation, it can contact the sixth torsion arm 222 and drive the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22.
  • the driving torsion spring 22 is used for energy release, the fifth torsion The arm 221 is in contact with the second driving limiting portion 214 and drives the driving disk 21 to rotate through the second driving limiting portion 214 .
  • the first operating panel 32 is provided with a second locking portion 322 (as shown in FIG. 12b ) on the side facing the drive plate 21 . not shown in the figure) between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222, when the first operation panel 32 is used to rotate, the second clamping part 322 is used to drive the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate to control the driving torsion Spring 22 stores energy.
  • the shape of the second locking portion 322 is not limited, and the second locking portion 322 has a certain length in the axial direction, so that the second locking portion 322 can be located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm. Between 222.
  • the second driving limiting portion 214 is in an “L” shape, and the part of the second driving limiting portion 214 away from the driving bottom plate 211 is located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 .
  • Figure 23a is a top view of the drive assembly 20 and the base assembly 10 when the free trip mechanism 1 is opened, the drive plate 21 is in the first position, and the drive plate 21 is engaged with the opening buckle 14, Figure 23b It is a schematic diagram of the structure of the free trip mechanism 1 after the first operation panel 32 rotates to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22 during the closing process.
  • the driving disc 21 and the opening snap 14 The engagement remains fixed, the first operation panel 32 rotates clockwise S, and drives the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate clockwise S through the second locking part 322 until the gap between the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 There is a certain distance between them (as shown in FIG. 23b ), at this time, there is an elastic force between the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 to move toward each other, that is, the torsion spring 22 is driven to complete energy storage at this time.
  • Figure 24a is a top view of the drive assembly 20 and the base assembly 10 when the free trip mechanism 1 is closed, the drive plate 21 is in the second position, and the drive plate 21 is engaged with the closing buckle 12,
  • Figure 24b It is a schematic diagram of the structure of the free tripping mechanism 1 after the first operation panel 32 rotates to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22 during the opening process.
  • the driving disc 21 and the closing buckle 12 The engagement remains fixed, the first operation panel 32 rotates counterclockwise, and drives the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate counterclockwise N through the second locking part 322 until there is a gap between the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221.
  • the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 have an elastic force to move toward each other at this time, that is, the torsion spring 22 is driven to complete energy storage at this time.
  • the driving torsion spring 22 is released, the fifth torsion arm 221 is in contact with the second driving limiting portion 214 and drives the driving plate 21 to rotate through the second driving limiting portion 214 .
  • the driving disc 21 when the driving disc 21 is in the first position, the free release mechanism 1 is in the open state, and when the driving disc 21 rotates to the second position, the driving disc 21 is in the closing state, and the first position is different from the second position.
  • the difference between the first position and the second position is 90°.
  • the difference between the first position and the second position may also be other angles, such as 60°, 120° and so on.
  • the base assembly 10 includes a base 11, an opening buckle 14 and a closing buckle 12, a drive plate 21, an opening buckle 14 and a closing buckle.
  • the buckles 12 are all movably connected with the base 11 and can rotate relative to the base 11.
  • the opening buckle 14 and the closing buckle 12 are located on the outer peripheral side of the drive disc 21, and the drive disc 21 is provided with a drive opening 215; when the drive disc 21 is used to rotate to In the first position (as shown in FIG.
  • the opening buckle 14 is used to connect with the driving opening 215, so that the driving disc 21 is kept fixedly connected with the opening buckle 14, so that the free tripping mechanism maintains the opening state;
  • the driving disc 21 is used to rotate to the second position (as shown in Figure 24a)
  • the closing buckle 12 is used to connect with the driving opening 215, so that the driving disc 21 and the closing buckle 12 remain fixedly connected, so that the The trip mechanism remains closed.
  • the shape of the driving opening 215 can be a groove shape.
  • the way of connecting the opening buckle 14 to the driving opening 215 includes but not limited to snap-fitting, buckling, and magnetic connection, and the way of connecting the closing buckle 12 to the driving opening 215 includes but not limited to snapping, buckling, and magnetic connection. .
  • the opening groove 141, the closing groove 121, the closing elastic piece 13 and the opening elastic piece 15 are also provided on the base 11, and the opening buckle 14 and the opening elastic piece 15 are located at the opening In the opening groove 141, the two ends of the opening elastic member 15 abut against the opening buckle 14 and the side wall of the opening groove 141.
  • the opening buckle 14 is subjected to a force toward the opening elastic member 15, the opening The brake buckle 14 is used to squeeze the opening elastic member 15 so that the opening elastic member 15 is compressed.
  • the opening buckle 14 is released by the force towards the opening elastic member 15, that is, it is not squeezed.
  • the drive disk 21 is rotated to the first position, the driving opening 215 is opposite to the opening buckle 14, and the opening elastic member 15 is restored to push the opening buckle 14 to move away from the opening elastic member 15, so that the opening buckle 14 snaps into the drive opening 215.
  • the closing buckle 12 and the closing elastic member 13 are located in the closing groove 121, and the two ends of the closing elastic member 13 abut against the side walls of the closing buckle 12 and the closing groove 121, when the closing buckle 12 is subjected to
  • the closing buckle 12 is used to squeeze the closing elastic member 13 so that the closing elastic member 13 is compressed.
  • the drive plate 21 rotates to the second position, the drive opening 215 is opposite to the closing buckle 12, and the closing elastic member 13 returns to push the closing buckle 12 away from the closing buckle.
  • the direction of the elastic member 13 moves so that the closing buckle 12 snaps into the driving opening 215 .
  • the closing elastic member 13 and the opening elastic member 15 are springs. In one embodiment, the closing elastic member 13 and the opening elastic member 15 are shrapnel or elastic bodies.
  • the opening and closing states of the drive plate 21 are maintained by connecting the opening buckle 14 and the closing buckle 12 to the drive opening 215.
  • Elastic locks, sliding locks or other structures can also be provided in between to realize that the drive plate 21 is fixed relative to the base 11 when it is in the first position and the second position, so as to maintain the opening state and the closing state.
  • the base assembly 10 further includes a first fixing rod 111 and a second fixing rod 112, and the first fixing rod 111 and the second fixing rod 112 are both fixed on the base 11.
  • the opening buckle 14 is sleeved on the first fixed rod 111 and can rotate relative to the first fixed rod 111
  • the closing buckle 12 is sleeved on the second fixed rod 112 and can rotate relative to the second fixed rod 112 ;
  • the opening elastic member 15 is located on the side of the opening buckle 14 away from the driving disc 21.
  • the driving disc 21 is used to rotate to the first position, the opening elastic member 15 is used to provide the opening buckle 14 with a drive opening 215.
  • the driving force so that the opening buckle 14 is connected with the driving opening 215;
  • the closing elastic member 13 is located on the side of the closing buckle 12 away from the driving disc 21 , and when the driving disc 21 is used to rotate to the second position, the closing elastic member 13 is used to provide the closing buckle 12 to face the driving opening 215 driving force, so that the closing buckle 12 is connected with the driving opening 215 .
  • the base assembly 10 further includes a third fixed rod 113, a fourth fixed rod 114, a fifth fixed rod 115, and a sixth fixed rod 116, the third fixed rod 113 and the fifth fixed rod 115 are arranged on the same side, The fourth fixed rod 114 and the sixth fixed rod 116 are arranged on the same side, and the two ends of the operation clamp 35 are respectively fixed on the third fixed rod 113 , the fifth fixed rod 115 , the fourth fixed rod 114 and the sixth fixed rod 116 .
  • first fixed rod 111, the fifth fixed rod 115, the second fixed rod 112, the third fixed rod 113, the sixth fixed rod 116 and the fourth fixed rod 114 surround the outer peripheral side of the driving disc groove 16 successively, the first The extension directions of the fixed rod 111 , the second fixed rod 112 , the third fixed rod 113 , the fourth fixed rod 114 , the fifth fixed rod 115 and the sixth fixed rod 116 are parallel to the axial direction of the operation shaft 31 .
  • the length of the fifth fixed rod 115 and the sixth fixed rod 116 is less than the axial length of the first fixed rod 111, the second fixed rod 112, the third fixed rod 113, and the fourth fixed rod 114.
  • the rod 115 and the sixth fixed rod 116 are used to fix the operating clamp 35, and the first fixed rod 111, the second fixed rod 112, the third fixed rod 113, and the fourth fixed rod 114 are also used to fix the parts above the operating clamp 35
  • the fourth fixed rod 114 is also used to connect the ninth torsion arm 531 of the tripping torsion spring 53 (as shown in FIG. 18 ).
  • FIG. 25a and FIG. 25b are bottom views of the base 11 .
  • the base 11 is provided with a drive disc groove 16 (as shown in Figure 23a and Figure 24a), the drive disc 21 is located in the drive disc groove 16, and the drive assembly 20 also includes a switch part 23 (as shown in Figure 23a and Figure 24a).
  • the switch part 23 is located on the side of the drive disc groove 16 away from the drive disc 21, that is to say the switch part 23 is located at the bottom of the drive disc groove 16, and the switch part 23 and the drive disc 21 pass through the drive The bottom of the disc groove 16 is fixedly connected.
  • the switch component 23 will rotate synchronously.
  • the switch component 23 is used to control the disconnection or connection of the on-off device 2 .
  • the switch component 23 corresponds to the first position (as shown in FIG. 25 a ), and the switch component 23 controls the on-off device 2 to be turned off.
  • the switch part 23 corresponds to the second position (as shown in Figure 25b), at this time the switch part 23 controls the on-off device 2 to communicate.
  • the structure of the switch part 23 can be set according to the on-off device 2, so that the switch part 23 can control the on-off device 2 to be disconnected and connected.
  • a square groove 231 is provided on the surface of the switch member 23 away from the drive plate 21
  • a square column (not shown) is provided in the on-off device 2
  • the direction column is located at In the square groove 231 , when the switch component 23 rotates, the cooperation between the square groove 231 and the square pillar can drive the square pillar to rotate, and then the on-off device 2 can be disconnected and connected.
  • the first operation plate 32 includes a first push brake part 323 and a second push brake part 324, the radius of the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324 is the same as the radius of the drive plate 21, and A free movable part 325 is also provided between the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324, and the radius of the free movable part 325 is smaller than the radius of the driving disc 21.
  • the free movable part 325 is connected, and the second locking part 322 (not shown in FIG. 26 a ) below the first operation panel 32 is connected with the side of the first push gate part 323 or the second push gate part 324 away from the free movable part 325 .
  • the radii of the first push brake portion 323, the second push brake portion 324, and the free movable portion 325 respectively refer to the vertical distance between the free movable portion 325 of the first push brake portion 323, the second push brake portion 324, and the axis of the operating shaft 31. distance.
  • the radius of the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324 is the same as the radius of the drive plate 21, so that the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324 rotate to the opening buckle 14 or the closing buckle 12 The opening buckle 14 or the closing buckle 12 can be pushed out from the driving opening 215 in the position.
  • Figure 26a the second pusher part 324 pushes the closing buckle 12 out of the drive plate 21, as shown in Figure 26b, Figure 26b is a top view of the free release mechanism 1 when it is closed, the first pusher part 323 Push the opening buckle 14 out of the driving disc 21 .
  • the driving plate 21 , the operating clamping plate 35 , the first operating plate 32 , the second operating plate 33 and the energy storage plate 41 are sequentially arranged along the axial direction O of the operating shaft 31 .
  • the structure of the free tripping mechanism is simple and the volume is small.
  • the free tripping mechanism 1 further includes a return torsion spring 80 , which is sleeved on the operating shaft 31 and located on the side of the tripping bottom plate 54 away from the base 11 ( as shown in Figure 5).
  • the return torsion spring 80 includes a seventh torsion arm 81, an eighth torsion arm 82 and a return torsion spring main body 83 (as shown in FIG. It is connected with the second fixed rod 112 , and the eighth torsion arm 82 is connected with the operation shaft 31 .
  • the operation shaft 31 has a shaft protrusion 313
  • the eighth torsion arm 82 is connected with the shaft protrusion 313 .
  • the reset torsion spring 80 When the operating shaft 31 rotates clockwise, the reset torsion spring 80 stores energy, and the reset torsion spring 80 can release the energy after opening to drive the operating shaft 31 to rotate counterclockwise, so that the operating shaft 31, the second operating disc 33 and the knob 101 Reset.
  • the reset torsion spring 80 is provided to better realize the reset of the operating shaft 31, the second operating panel 33 and the knob 101 after the opening is completed, which saves the effort of operating the knob 101 and provides better user experience.
  • the reset torsion spring 80 may not be provided, and the knob 101 is directly rotated counterclockwise after the brake is opened, so as to realize the reset of the operation shaft 31 , the second operation panel 33 and the knob 101 .
  • Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the free trip mechanism 1 manual closing.
  • the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the initial state of manual closing, as shown in step S I in Figure 27, the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the opening state, the operating shaft 31 is at the first angle, and the shaft protrusion on the operating shaft 31 313 faces to the right side of FIG. 27 , the driving disc 21 is in the first position, and the opening buckle 14 is snapped into the driving opening 215 of the driving disc 21 .
  • Figure 25a is a schematic diagram of the free release mechanism 1 in the opening state, wherein the driving torsion spring main body 223 of the driving torsion spring 22 is sleeved on the first driving stopper 213, and the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 are located between the second drive limiter 214 and the second clamping portion 322 below the first operation plate 32 is located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 , the second drive limiter 214 has a certain distance from the driving opening 215 .
  • the second driving limiting portion 214 and the driving opening 215 are located on two sides of the first driving limiting portion 213 .
  • the operating shaft clamping end 312 of the operating shaft 31 passes through the clamping hole 351 on the operating clamping plate 35, and one end of the operating shaft clamping end 312 adjacent to the operating clamping plate 35 is provided with a The recessed locking groove 311 , a part of the peripheral wall of the locking hole 351 is located in the locking groove 311 .
  • the two ends of the operation clamp 35 are respectively fixed on the fifth fixed rod 115 and the third fixed rod 113 , the sixth fixed rod 116 and the fourth fixed rod 114 .
  • the operating clamping plate 35 is used to prevent the operating shaft 31 from deviating from the axis position during rotation, avoiding shaking, and further affecting the control accuracy.
  • the first brake pushing portion 323 of the first operation panel 32 abuts against the closing buckle 12 to press the closing buckle 12 and the closing elastic member 13 into the closing groove 121 .
  • the disc 331 in the second operating panel 33 is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31
  • the protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 is located between the tripping half shaft 61 and the first fixed part 341, the second operating panel 33 and the tripping shaft 61 are in a locked state, that is, the first locking portion 611 of the tripping shaft 61 abuts against the second operation plate 33 for locking.
  • step SI in FIG. 27 the energy storage disc 41 and the trip axle 51 are in an unlocked state.
  • the energy storage top plate 412 is located in the second notch 512 of the trip axle 51.
  • step S I in Figure 27 that is, when the free release mechanism 1 is in the opening state, the knob 101 (not shown in the figure) is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31, and the operating shaft 31 is fixedly connected to the second operating panel 33 , the second operating plate 33 is locked with the tripping half shaft 61 (that is, in the first state) and remains relatively fixed.
  • 61 is fixedly connected with the first operating disk 32 in the circumferential direction of the operating shaft 31; the first operating disk 32 abuts against the sixth torsion arm 222 of the driving torsion spring 22 through the second locking part 322 (step S I in FIG. 27 Not shown, in conjunction with FIG.
  • the first operating panel 32 abuts against the energy storage disk 41 through the first clamping portion 321 , and the energy storage disk 41 contacts the third torsion arm of the energy storage torsion spring 42 through the energy storage connecting portion 414 421 abutment.
  • the manual opening process of free tripping mechanism 1 is as follows:
  • step S I in Figure 27 turn the knob 101 clockwise (see Figure 5, the knob 101 is not shown in Figure 27), the knob 101 drives the operating shaft 31 to rotate clockwise S, and the operating shaft 31 passes through the second operating disc 33.
  • the trip axle shaft 61 drives the first operation panel 32 to rotate clockwise, the first operation panel 32 drives the energy storage disc 41 to rotate clockwise through the first locking part 321, and the energy storage disc 41 drives the third torsion arm 421 to rotate clockwise Rotate to store energy in the energy storage torsion spring 42, the first operation panel 32 drives the sixth torsion arm 222 of the torsion spring 22 to rotate clockwise S through the second locking part 322, at this time the drive panel 21 and the opening buckle 14 The engagement remains stationary, and the sixth torsion arm 222 rotates clockwise S to store energy for the drive torsion spring 22 (as shown in FIG. 23b );
  • step S II in Fig. 27 when the first operating panel 32 is rotating clockwise S, the second pushing part 324 of the first operating panel 32 gradually pushes the opening buckle 14 away, and the opening spring 15 is compressed, when turning to the closing dead point position (as shown in step S II in Figure 28), wherein the closing dead point position refers to the position when the opening buckle 14 is completely separated from the driving opening 215, In other words, the opening buckle 14 is located at the edge of the driving opening 215. At this time, the opening buckle 14 is completely pushed away, and the driving disc 21 is no longer constrained by the opening buckle 14, so that the driving disc 21 can rotate in the circumferential direction. At this time, the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 of the torsion spring 22 are driven to open (as shown in FIG. 23 b );
  • step S IV in Fig. 27 at this time, the trip driving member 52 rotates clockwise under the control of the closing signal, and drives the trip semi-axis 51 to rotate clockwise S, and drives the second side of the trip semi-axis 51.
  • the locking part 511 abuts against the energy storage top plate 412 to lock the energy storage disc 41 and the trip axle shaft 51 (as shown in step S IV in FIG. 28 ).
  • the shaft protrusion 313 on the operation shaft 31 completes a clockwise rotation of 90°.
  • the manual opening process of free tripping mechanism 1 is as follows:
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the free trip mechanism 1 opening
  • Figure 30 is a top view of the steps in Figure 29, and the initial state of the free trip mechanism 1 manual opening is shown in the steps in Figure 29
  • step S I in Fig. 29 is the same as step S IV in Fig. 27.
  • the drive disc 21 is in the closing position (the second position as shown in Fig. 24a).
  • the knob 101 drives the operating shaft 31 to rotate counterclockwise N
  • the operating shaft 31 drives the second operating panel 33 to rotate counterclockwise N
  • the second operating panel 33 abuts against the first fixed part 341 of the operation fixed disk 34
  • the second fixed part 342 of the operation fixed disk 34 is connected with the first operation disk 32 through the release half shaft 61, that is, the second operation disk 33 passes through the operation fixed disk 34 1.
  • the tripping half shaft 61 drives the first operating panel 32 to rotate counterclockwise N, and referring to FIG. 24b, the first operating panel 32 drives the fifth torsion arm 221 of the torsion spring 22 to rotate counterclockwise N through the second locking part 322, To make the drive torsion spring 22 store energy;
  • step S II in Fig. 29 the first brake pushing part 323 of the first operation panel 32 rotates counterclockwise N to gradually push the closing buckle 12 away, and the closing spring 13 is compressed.
  • point position (as shown in step S II in Figure 30), wherein the opening dead point position refers to the position when the closing buckle 12 is completely separated from the driving opening 215, or the closing buckle 12 is located at the driving opening 215 edge position, at this time the closing buckle 12 is fully pushed away, the driving disc 21 is no longer constrained by the closing buckle 12, so that the driving disc 21 can rotate in the circumferential direction, and the sixth torsion spring 22 is driven
  • the torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 are opened (as shown in Figure 24b);
  • the drive torsion spring 22 when the drive plate 21 is not constrained by the closing buckle 12 in the circumferential direction, the drive torsion spring 22 is released, and the sixth torsion arm 222 will drive the second drive limiter 214 to rotate counterclockwise N, and drive the drive
  • the disk 21 rotates counterclockwise N, when the driving opening 215 of the driving disk 21 rotates to the opening position, the opening spring 15 returns to push the opening buckle 14 into the driving opening 215 to lock the driving disk 21, at this time, it is free to release.
  • the opening of the buckle mechanism 1 is completed (as shown in step S III in Figure 29 and step S III in Figure 30).
  • the energy storage assembly 40 completes the energy storage and maintains the energy storage state, that is, the positions of the energy storage disc 41 and the energy storage torsion spring 42 remain unchanged.
  • step S I in the opening buckle 14 is completely pushed open, and the driving plate 21 rotates clockwise under the action of the driving torsion spring 22.
  • step S II among Fig. 31 is identical with step S IV among Fig. 27.
  • the energy storage component 40 is stored and the energy storage state is maintained.
  • the energy storage torsion spring 42 completes the energy storage, as long as the energy storage torsion spring 42 is not released, the energy storage disc 41 and the energy storage torsion spring The position of 42 has remained unchanged.
  • the link structure of the manual opening and closing of the free tripping mechanism of the present application is simple, and makes the free tripping mechanism smaller and lighter.
  • the opening process of free tripping mechanism 1 is as follows:
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the opening process of the free release mechanism 1
  • FIG. 33 is a top view of each step view in FIG. 32 .
  • the initial state of the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 is shown in step S I in Figure 32, and the step S I in Figure 32 is the same as the step S IV in Figure 27, and the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the closing state at this time,
  • the energy storage disk 41 is in the locked state, that is, the energy storage top plate 412 of the energy storage disk 41 is locked with the trip axle 51 , the energy storage torsion spring 42 is completed, and the energy storage state remains, and the driving disk 21 is in the second position.
  • the first tripping lever 521 rotates counterclockwise N under the control of the opening signal, and pushes the tripping half shaft 51 and the second tripping lever 522 to rotate counterclockwise N, and the opening signal is Refers to the opening signal sent by the control unit 301 when there is a short circuit in the electronic device or power conversion device 100, the tripping shaft 51 rotates counterclockwise N so that the energy storage top plate 412 is located in the second notch 512 and the energy storage plate 41 and the The half-shaft 51 of the trip is unlocked (as shown in step S II in Figure 32 and Figure 33), at this time the energy storage torsion spring 42 releases energy, and the third torsion arm 421 returns to drive the energy storage connection part 414 to rotate counterclockwise N (as Shown in step S IV in Figure 32), so that the energy storage disc 41 rotates counterclockwise N; the second trip lever 522 pushes the trip driver 62 to rotate clockwise S (shown in step S II in Figure 33
  • the energy storage protruding part 413 in the energy storage disk 41 drives the first operation panel 32 to rotate counterclockwise through the first locking part 321, at this time If the operating shaft 31 is stuck and unable to rotate, and the tripping half shaft 61 is locked with the second operating disc 33, the first operating disc 32, the tripping semi shaft 61 and the second operating disc 33 remain fixed with the operating shaft 31.
  • the first operation panel 32 cannot be driven to rotate by the protruding portion 413 of the energy storage.
  • a trip assembly 60 is provided, that is, when the trip assembly 60 is opened, the trip assembly 60 and the first operation panel 32 cannot rotate.
  • the second operating plate 33 is unlocked, so that the trip assembly 60 and the first operating plate 32 can rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 .
  • the closing buckle 12 when the energy storage protrusion 413 is rotated to the position of the closing buckle 12, the closing buckle 12 is pushed outward, wherein the vertical distance between the end of the closing buckle 12 away from the base 11 and the bottom of the base 11 is Greater than the vertical distance between the energy storage protrusion 413 and the bottom of the base 11, the vertical distance between the end of the energy storage protrusion 413 away from the operation shaft 31 and the axis of the operation shaft 31 is equal to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the first operation plate 32 and the axis of the operation shaft 31 (or equivalent radii).
  • the protruding portion 413 for energy storage can push the closing buckle 12 to the outside when it is rotated to the position of the closing buckle 12 .
  • the size and energy storage capacity of the energy storage torsion spring 42 need to be able to push the closing buckle 12 and can also push the first operation panel 32 to rotate.
  • the specific size and energy storage strength of the energy storage torsion spring 42 can be determined according to the The size of the mechanism 1 and the actual needs are set, as long as it can meet the energy storage of the energy storage torsion spring 42 when closing the switch and has enough elastic energy, it can make the energy storage torsion spring 42 push the closing card when the switch is opened. Buckle 12 and push the first operating panel 32 to rotate to complete the opening.
  • the closing buckle 12 is first pushed away by the energy storage protruding portion 413 (as shown in step S III in FIG. 32 and step S III in FIG. 33 ), at this time, the elasticity of the energy storage torsion spring 42
  • the energy pushes the closing buckle 12 through the energy storage protruding part 413, and it is not necessary to push the closing buckle 12 through the energy storage protruding part 413 to drive the first pushing part 323 of the first operating panel 32, so that the energy storage torsion spring
  • the path for the elastic energy of 42 to be transmitted to the closing buckle 12 is shorter and more energy-saving, which greatly improves the utilization rate of the elastic energy of the energy storage torsion spring 42 and reduces the energy storage torque.
  • the radius of energy storage protruding portion 413 is identical with the radius of drive plate 21, makes energy storage protruding portion 413 push away closing buckle 12, when energy storage torsion spring 42 energy storage is completed, energy storage protruding portion 413 and closing
  • the distance of the buckle 12 is small, so that when the energy storage torsion spring 42 is releasing energy, only the energy storage protrusion 413 needs to be rotated at a small angle to reach the position of the closing buckle 12, so that the opening is more timely and can The elastic energy of the energy storage torsion spring 42 is saved.
  • Figure 34a is a top view of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating assembly 30 when the opening is completed
  • Figure 34b is a top view of the operating shaft 31 after reset, since the operating shaft 31 is free to trip Mechanism 1 is in a stuck state during the opening process.
  • the second operating panel 33 is on the side of the tripping half shaft 61 away from the first fixed part 341, and the operating shaft 31 is at the second angle when closing.
  • the tripping assembly 50 receives the signal of opening the brake. At this time, the operating shaft 31 is stuck and cannot rotate.
  • the first operating panel 32, the tripping half shaft 61 and the second operating panel 33 are kept fixed with the operating shaft 31, and the first operating panel 32 cannot be driven to rotate by the energy storage protrusion 413. At this time, the free tripping mechanism 1.
  • the trip assembly 50 by setting the trip assembly 60, when the brake is opened, the trip assembly 50 also drives the trip assembly 60 to unlock the second operation panel 33 and the operation shaft 31 when the energy storage disc 41 is released, so that the first The operation panel 32 can rotate smoothly when the energy storage component 40 releases energy, so that the drive panel 21 can accurately control the free trip mechanism of the electronic device or the power conversion device 100 , and improve the reliability of the remote opening of the free trip mechanism 1 .

Landscapes

  • Driving Mechanisms And Operating Circuits Of Arc-Extinguishing High-Tension Switches (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a free tripping mechanism, a switch, an electronic apparatus, and a power supply system. The free tripping mechanism comprises an operating assembly, an energy storage assembly, a tripping assembly, and a releasing assembly, wherein the operating assembly comprises an operating shaft and a first operating disc sleeved on the operating shaft, the tripping assembly is fixedly connected to the first operating disc and comprises a first state and a second state, in the first state, the tripping assembly being locked to the operating shaft, and in the second state, the tripping assembly being unlocked from the operating shaft; and the releasing assembly is configured to be locked to the energy storage assembly when the energy storage assembly completes energy storage, or to be unlocked from the energy storage assembly under the control of an opening signal, so as to drive the tripping assembly to switch from the first state to the second state, so that the energy storage assembly releases energy to drive the first operating disc to rotate to realize opening of the free tripping mechanism. The free tripping mechanism provided by the present application can realize opening when the operating shaft is stuck.

Description

自由脱扣机构、开关、电子设备及供电系统Free trip mechanism, switch, electronic equipment and power supply system 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及自由脱扣机构技术领域,特别涉及自由脱扣机构、开关、电子设备及供电系统。The application relates to the technical field of trip-free mechanism, in particular to a trip-free mechanism, a switch, electronic equipment and a power supply system.
背景技术Background technique
供电系统中广泛使用自由脱扣机构,通过控制开关的分合闸,实现电路的通断。随着供电系统的功能越来越多,安全性需求也越来越高,在使用过程中,经常出现紧急情况需要切断电路的情况,例如电路故障的情况,需要手动操作开关断电。若无法及时操作开关进行断电,则会带来安全隐患。现有技术中可通过远程控制信号控制实现,远程分闸,但现有的开关中如果旋钮或者轴卡死等工况下无法实现分闸。The free trip mechanism is widely used in the power supply system, and the circuit is turned on and off by controlling the opening and closing of the switch. As the power supply system has more and more functions, the safety requirements are also getting higher and higher. In the process of use, it is often necessary to cut off the circuit in an emergency, such as a circuit failure, requiring a manual switch to cut off the power. If the switch cannot be operated in time to cut off the power, it will bring potential safety hazards. In the prior art, the remote control signal can be used to control and remotely open the brake, but in the existing switch, if the knob or the shaft is stuck, the opening cannot be realized.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种自由脱扣机构、开关、电子设备及供电系统,自由脱扣机构可在操作轴卡死或者旋钮卡死时还能够实现分闸。The application provides a free tripping mechanism, a switch, electronic equipment and a power supply system. The free tripping mechanism can also realize opening when the operating shaft is stuck or the knob is stuck.
第一方面,本申请提供一种自由脱扣机构,所述自由脱扣机构包括操作组件、储能组件、脱扣组件和解扣组件,操作组件包括操作轴和套设在所述操作轴上的第一操作盘;储能组件用于储能或者释能,在所述储能组件释能时,所述储能组件还用于驱动所述第一操作盘旋转;脱扣组件固定连接至所述第一操作盘,所述脱扣组件包括第一状态和第二状态,在所述第一状态下,所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴锁持,在所述第二状态下,所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴解锁;解扣组件用于在所述储能组件储能完成时与所述储能组件锁持,或者在分闸信号的控制下与所述储能组件解锁并且驱动所述脱扣组件从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,使得所述储能组件释能,以驱动所述第一操作盘旋转实现自由脱扣机构的分闸。In the first aspect, the present application provides a free tripping mechanism, the free tripping mechanism includes an operating assembly, an energy storage assembly, a tripping assembly and a tripping assembly, the operating assembly includes an operating shaft and a The first operation panel; the energy storage component is used for energy storage or energy release, and when the energy storage component is released, the energy storage component is also used to drive the first operation panel to rotate; the tripping component is fixedly connected to the The first operation panel, the tripping assembly includes a first state and a second state, in the first state, the tripping assembly is locked with the operating shaft, in the second state, the The tripping component is unlocked from the operating shaft; the tripping component is used to lock the energy storage component when the energy storage component is completed, or unlock the energy storage component under the control of the opening signal And driving the tripping assembly to switch from the first state to the second state, so that the energy storage assembly is released to drive the first operation panel to rotate to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism.
本申请设置脱扣组件使得自由脱扣机构可在操作轴卡死或者旋钮卡死时还能够实现分闸,以实现开关的分闸。The trip assembly is provided in the present application so that the free trip mechanism can also realize opening when the operating shaft is stuck or the knob is stuck, so as to realize the opening of the switch.
在一实施方式中,所述驱动组件、所述操作组件除操作轴以外的部分、所述储能组件沿轴向依次设置。使得自由脱扣机构结构紧凑,体积小。In one embodiment, the driving assembly, the operating assembly except for the operating shaft, and the energy storage assembly are arranged in sequence along the axial direction. The free tripping mechanism has a compact structure and a small volume.
在一些实施方式中,所述操作组件除操作轴以外的部分位于所述储能组件远离所述驱动组件的一侧。或者说,所述驱动组件、所述储能组件、所述操作组件除操作轴以外的部分、沿轴向依次设置。In some embodiments, the part of the operating assembly other than the operating shaft is located on a side of the energy storage assembly away from the driving assembly. In other words, the drive assembly, the energy storage assembly, and parts of the operation assembly other than the operation shaft are arranged in sequence along the axial direction.
其中,第一操作盘套设在操作轴上,第一操作盘可根据需要与操作轴保持固定连接或者转动连接。在一实施方式中,自由脱扣机构在自动分闸过程中时,第一操作盘与操作轴转动连接,即第一操作盘可围绕操作轴旋转;自由脱扣机构在手动分闸和手动合闸过程中时,第一操作盘与操作轴固定连接,即第一操作盘不能围绕操作轴旋转,第一操作盘与操作轴可同时旋转。在一实施方式中,所述第一操作盘与所述操作轴可通过其他部件间接地固定连接在一起。在本申请中可理解第一操作盘旋转可用于实现自由脱扣机构的分闸,当分闸时如果第一操作盘不旋转,就无法实现自分闸。Wherein, the first operation disk is sheathed on the operation shaft, and the first operation disk can be fixedly or rotationally connected with the operation shaft as required. In one embodiment, when the free trip mechanism is in the process of automatic opening, the first operation panel is rotatably connected to the operation shaft, that is, the first operation panel can rotate around the operation shaft; the free trip mechanism is in the process of manual opening and manual closing. During the brake process, the first operation panel is fixedly connected to the operation shaft, that is, the first operation panel cannot rotate around the operation shaft, and the first operation panel and the operation shaft can rotate simultaneously. In one embodiment, the first operation plate and the operation shaft may be fixedly connected together indirectly through other components. In the present application, it can be understood that the rotation of the first operation disc can be used to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism, and if the first operation disc does not rotate during opening, self-opening cannot be realized.
在一实施方式中,所述操作轴穿过外壳且与旋钮固定连接。通过旋钮的转动来带动操作轴旋转,通过旋钮可以直观地了解操作轴的转动方向,可以为使用者带来较佳的体验感。In one embodiment, the operating shaft passes through the casing and is fixedly connected with the knob. The rotation of the knob drives the rotation of the operation shaft, and the rotation direction of the operation shaft can be intuitively known through the knob, which can bring better experience to the user.
在一实施方式中,将所述旋钮转动90°来区分分闸和合闸,初始位置为分闸状态时,旋钮顺时针旋转90°可实现手动合闸,初始位置为合闸状态,旋钮逆时针旋转90°可实现手动分闸。在一些实施方式中,可将旋钮转动其他角度来实现手动分闸和手动合闸。In one embodiment, the knob is rotated 90° to distinguish between opening and closing. When the initial position is the opening state, the knob can be rotated 90° clockwise to achieve manual closing. The initial position is the closing state, and the knob is counterclockwise. Rotate 90° to realize manual opening. In some embodiments, the knob can be turned to other angles to realize manual opening and closing.
在一实施方式中,所述储能组件还具有初始状态。其中储能组件的初始状态是指储能组件没有受到外部作用力,也没有能量的状态。储能组件用于储能,所述储能包括储能过程中的动态过程和当储能完成时的静态,储能组件储能时是指储能组件受到外部作用力而储备能量的过程,储能组件储能完成时是指储能组件完成储能后保持有能量的静止状态。储能组件释能是指储能组件释放所储备的能量的过程,当能量释放完毕后储能组件回归初始状态。In one embodiment, the energy storage component also has an initial state. The initial state of the energy storage component refers to a state in which the energy storage component is not subjected to external force and has no energy. The energy storage component is used for energy storage. The energy storage includes the dynamic process during the energy storage process and the static state when the energy storage is completed. The energy storage component refers to the process in which the energy storage component is subjected to an external force and stores energy. When the energy storage component completes energy storage, it means that the energy storage component maintains a static state of energy after completing energy storage. The energy release of the energy storage component refers to the process in which the energy storage component releases the stored energy. After the energy is released, the energy storage component returns to its initial state.
在一实施方式中,所述储能组件的状态循环为:初始状态-储能-储能完成-释能-初始状态。其中,在释能时,储能组件用于驱动第一操作盘旋转,即储能组件释放的能量转化为驱动第一操作盘旋转的驱动力,以实现驱动第一操作盘旋转。In one embodiment, the state cycle of the energy storage component is: initial state-energy storage-energy storage completion-energy release-initial state. Wherein, when the energy is released, the energy storage component is used to drive the first operation panel to rotate, that is, the energy released by the energy storage component is transformed into a driving force for driving the first operation panel to rotate, so as to drive the first operation panel to rotate.
其中,脱扣组件可实现与操作轴锁持和解锁,锁持是指两者相对固定,解锁是指两者可各自活动。在第一状态下,脱扣组件与操作轴锁持,也就是说脱扣组件与操作轴保持固定,例如当操作轴旋转时,脱扣组件跟随操作轴以相同角速度旋转。在第二状态下,脱扣组件与操作轴解锁,脱扣组件与操作轴可各自活动,例如操作轴保持固定,脱扣组件可相对操作轴旋转。Among them, the tripping component can be locked and unlocked with the operating shaft, the locked means that the two are relatively fixed, and the unlocked means that the two can move independently. In the first state, the tripping assembly is locked with the operating shaft, that is to say, the tripping assembly and the operating shaft remain fixed, for example, when the operating shaft rotates, the tripping assembly rotates with the operating shaft at the same angular velocity. In the second state, the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are unlocked, and the tripping assembly and the operating shaft can move independently. For example, the operating shaft remains fixed, and the tripping assembly can rotate relative to the operating shaft.
在一实施方式中,所述脱扣组件通过所述脱扣半轴实现与操作轴锁持和解锁。采用脱扣半轴便于操作。在其他实施方式中,还可以通过磁力扣或者卡扣来实现,不限于脱扣半轴。In one embodiment, the tripping assembly is locked and unlocked with the operating shaft through the tripping half shaft. Easy to operate with trip axle. In other implementation manners, it can also be realized by a magnetic buckle or buckle, and is not limited to the release half shaft.
其中,解扣组件用于实现与储能组件锁持和解锁,其中解扣组件和储能组件锁持是指储能组件和解扣组件保持相对固定,解扣组件和储能组件解锁是指储能组件可相对解扣组件自由旋转。Among them, the tripping component is used to realize locking and unlocking with the energy storage component, wherein the locking of the tripping component and the energy storage component means that the energy storage component and the tripping component remain relatively fixed, and the unlocking of the tripping component and the energy storage component means that the storage The function component can rotate freely relative to the trip component.
在一实施方式中,所述解扣组件通过解扣半轴实现与储能组件锁持和解锁。采用解扣半轴便于操作。在其他实施方式中,还可以通过磁力扣或者卡扣来实现,不限于解扣半轴。In one embodiment, the tripping assembly is locked and unlocked with the energy storage assembly through a tripping half shaft. Easy to operate with trip axle. In other embodiments, it can also be realized by a magnetic buckle or buckle, and is not limited to unlocking the semi-axis.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述脱扣组件包括脱扣半轴,所述操作组件还包括第二操作盘,所述第二操作盘固定连接至所述操作轴,所述脱扣半轴与所述第一操作盘转动连接,所述脱扣半轴包括相对设置的第一锁持部和第一缺口部;In a possible implementation manner, the trip assembly includes a trip half shaft, and the operation assembly further includes a second operation plate, the second operation plate is fixedly connected to the operation shaft, and the trip half The shaft is rotatably connected to the first operation panel, and the tripping half shaft includes a first locking part and a first notch part that are oppositely arranged;
在所述第一状态下,所述第二操作盘与所述第一锁持部接触以与所述第一锁持部锁持,进而将所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴锁持;In the first state, the second operation plate is in contact with the first locking portion to be locked with the first locking portion, thereby locking the tripping assembly with the operation shaft;
在所述第二状态下,所述第二操作盘位于所述第一缺口部的内部空间且能够相对所述第一缺口部旋转,以使所述脱扣半轴与所述第二操作盘解锁,进而将所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴解锁;In the second state, the second operation plate is located in the inner space of the first notch and can rotate relative to the first notch, so that the tripping half shaft and the second operation plate unlocking, thereby unlocking the trip assembly and the operating shaft;
所述解扣组件用于在分闸信号的控制下驱动所述脱扣半轴旋转,以使所述脱扣组件从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态。The tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping shaft to rotate under the control of the opening signal, so that the tripping assembly is switched from the first state to the second state.
通过脱扣半轴和第二操作盘来实现脱扣组件与操作轴解锁和锁持,仅需要旋转脱扣半轴就可实现,使得操作简单。The unlocking and locking of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are realized through the tripping half shaft and the second operating plate, which can be realized only by rotating the tripping half shaft, which makes the operation simple.
其中,第二操作盘固定连接至操作轴,使得第二操作盘与操作轴在周向上保持固定连接,即第二操作盘和操作轴可同步旋转。Wherein, the second operation disk is fixedly connected to the operation shaft, so that the second operation disk and the operation shaft remain fixedly connected in the circumferential direction, that is, the second operation disk and the operation shaft can rotate synchronously.
在一实施方式中,所述第二操作盘套设在所述操作轴上而与所述操作轴固定连接。In one embodiment, the second operating disc is sleeved on the operating shaft and fixedly connected with the operating shaft.
在一实施方式中,所述操作轴与所述第二操作盘安装的位置部分的横截面为矩形。以使 操作轴与第二操作盘在周向上固定连接。In one embodiment, the cross-section of the portion where the operating shaft and the second operating panel are installed is rectangular. So that the operating shaft is fixedly connected with the second operating disc in the circumferential direction.
在一实施方式中,所述脱扣半轴整体呈圆柱形。圆柱形的脱扣半轴有利于旋转。In one embodiment, the tripping half shaft is cylindrical as a whole. Cylindrical trip axles facilitate rotation.
在一实施方式中,在所述脱扣半轴上设置“U”形凹槽,第一缺口部包括该“U”形凹槽的内部空间和“U”形凹槽的内壁。其中“U”形凹槽是指剖面呈U字形的凹槽,通过在脱扣半轴上设置“U”形凹槽来形成第一缺口部和第一锁持部可使结构简单,且易操作。In one embodiment, a "U"-shaped groove is provided on the tripping half shaft, and the first notch includes an inner space of the "U"-shaped groove and an inner wall of the "U"-shaped groove. The "U"-shaped groove refers to a groove with a U-shaped cross section. By setting a "U"-shaped groove on the half-axis of the trip to form the first notch and the first locking part, the structure is simple and easy to operate. operate.
在一实施方式中,所述第二操作盘包括圆盘和位于所述圆盘边缘的突出杆,所述突出杆与所述第一锁持部接触而使得所述第二操作盘与所述第一锁持部接触。应当可以理解的是,脱扣半轴与突出杆的位置要匹配使得两者可接触。In one embodiment, the second operation panel includes a disc and a protruding rod located on the edge of the disc, and the protruding rod is in contact with the first locking part so that the second operation disc is in contact with the The first locking part contacts. It should be understood that the position of the trip half-shaft and the protruding rod are matched so that the two are accessible.
在一实施方式中,所述第二操作盘可为圆盘形,在圆盘形上设置缺位部。使得缺位部的侧壁与第一锁持部接触,以使第二操作盘与第一锁持部锁持。In one embodiment, the second operation panel may be in the shape of a disc, and a notch is provided on the disc. The side wall of the missing part is made to contact the first locking part, so that the second operation panel is locked with the first locking part.
在一实施方式中,所述脱扣半轴环绕所述脱扣半轴的轴向顺时针旋转实现与所述操作轴解锁,所述脱扣半轴环绕所述脱扣半轴的轴向逆时针旋转实现与所述操作轴锁持。In one embodiment, the tripping half shaft rotates clockwise around the tripping half shaft to realize unlocking from the operating shaft, and the tripping half shaft turns counterclockwise around the tripping half shaft Clockwise rotation realizes locking with the operating shaft.
在一些实施方式中,所述脱扣半轴环绕所述脱扣半轴的轴向逆时针旋转实现与所述操作轴解锁,所述脱扣半轴环绕所述脱扣半轴的轴向顺时针旋转实现与所述操作轴锁持。In some embodiments, the tripping half shaft rotates counterclockwise around the tripping half shaft to realize unlocking from the operating shaft, and the tripping half shaft rotates clockwise around the tripping half shaft's axial direction. Clockwise rotation realizes locking with the operating shaft.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述操作组件还包括操作固定盘,所述操作固定盘固定在所述第一操作盘上,所述脱扣半轴转动连接在所述操作固定盘上而与所述第一操作盘转动连接,所述脱扣组件还包括脱扣驱动件,所述脱扣驱动件与所述脱扣半轴固定连接,所述解扣组件用于驱动所述脱扣驱动件旋转时,所述脱扣驱动件用于带动所述脱扣半轴旋转,使得所述第二操作盘位于所述第一缺口部的内部空间且能够相对所述第一缺口部旋转,以使所述脱扣组件与所述第二操作盘解锁。In a possible implementation manner, the operation assembly further includes an operation fixed plate, the operation fixed plate is fixed on the first operation plate, and the tripping half shaft is rotatably connected to the operation fixed plate. It is rotatably connected with the first operation panel, and the tripping assembly further includes a tripping driver, the tripping driver is fixedly connected with the tripping half shaft, and the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping When the driving part rotates, the tripping driving part is used to drive the tripping semi-axis to rotate, so that the second operation panel is located in the inner space of the first notch and can rotate relative to the first notch, to unlock the tripping assembly and the second operation panel.
在一实施方式中,所述脱扣驱动件呈弧形状,当所述解扣组件用于驱动所述脱扣驱动件顺时针旋转时,所述脱扣驱动件用于带动所述脱扣半轴顺时针旋转。其中脱扣驱动件的弧形长度或者形状可根据解扣组件来设置,以使得解扣组件可驱动脱扣组件来旋转。In one embodiment, the tripping driver is arc-shaped, and when the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping driver to rotate clockwise, the tripping driver is used to drive the tripping half The shaft rotates clockwise. Wherein the arc length or shape of the trip driving member can be set according to the trip assembly, so that the trip assembly can drive the trip assembly to rotate.
在一实施方式中,所述操作固定盘包括第一固定部和第二固定部,所述第一固定部的一端固定在所述第一操作盘上,所述第一固定部的另一端与所述第二固定部连接,所述第二固定部大致与所述第一操作盘平行,所述脱扣半轴穿设在所述第二固定部上且与所述第二固定部转动连接。其中第二操作盘的突出杆位于第一固定部和脱扣半轴之间,在手动分闸时,第二操作盘和操作轴逆时针旋转时,突出杆可通过推动第一固定部来带动第二操作盘、脱扣组件和第一操作盘逆时针旋转。In one embodiment, the operation fixed plate includes a first fixed portion and a second fixed portion, one end of the first fixed portion is fixed on the first operation plate, and the other end of the first fixed portion is connected to the first fixed portion. The second fixing part is connected, the second fixing part is roughly parallel to the first operation panel, and the tripping half shaft is passed through the second fixing part and is rotatably connected with the second fixing part . The protruding rod of the second operating panel is located between the first fixing part and the tripping half shaft. When the second operating disc and the operating shaft rotate counterclockwise during manual opening, the protruding rod can be driven by pushing the first fixing part. The second operating dial, the trip assembly and the first operating dial rotate counterclockwise.
在一实施方式中,所述操作固定盘还包括第三固定部,所述第三固定部固定在所述第一操作盘上且与所述第一固定部同侧设置,所述第二固定部的两端分别与所述第一固定部和所述第二固定部连接。第一固定部和第三固定部之间具有一定距离,使得第二操作盘能够在第一固定部和第三固定部之间旋转,第三固定部和第一固定部可使操作固定盘稳定的连接在第一操作盘上,第二固定部不仅可用于与脱扣半轴转动连接,还可与第一固定部、第三固定部、第一操作盘围设呈限位空间,用于限位第二操作盘的突出杆,使得突出杆可在限位空间内移动,提高脱扣组件和操作轴锁持和解锁的精度,且更利于操作。In one embodiment, the operation fixed plate further includes a third fixed part, the third fixed part is fixed on the first operation plate and arranged on the same side as the first fixed part, and the second fixed part Both ends of the part are respectively connected to the first fixing part and the second fixing part. There is a certain distance between the first fixing part and the third fixing part, so that the second operation disk can rotate between the first fixing part and the third fixing part, and the third fixing part and the first fixing part can stabilize the operation fixing disk connected to the first operating panel, the second fixing part can not only be used for rotational connection with the tripping half shaft, but also form a limiting space with the first fixing part, the third fixing part and the first operating panel, for The protruding rod of the second operating panel is limited so that the protruding rod can move in the limited space, which improves the locking and unlocking precision of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft, and is more convenient for operation.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述脱扣组件还包括脱扣扭簧,所述脱扣扭簧套设在所述脱扣半轴上,所述脱扣扭簧用于在所述解扣组件对所述脱扣半轴的驱动力解除时,驱动所述脱扣半轴旋转,以使所述第一锁持部复位。In a possible implementation manner, the tripping assembly further includes a tripping torsion spring, the tripping torsion spring is sleeved on the tripping semi-shaft, and the tripping torsion spring is used for When the driving force of the buckle assembly on the tripping semi-shaft is released, the tripping semi-shaft is driven to rotate so as to reset the first locking part.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述脱扣扭簧包括第一扭臂和第二扭臂,所述第一扭臂与所述操作固定盘连接,所述第二扭臂与所述脱扣驱动件连接,所述解扣组件用于驱动所述脱扣 驱动件沿第一方向旋转时带动第二扭臂沿所述第一方向旋转,使得脱扣扭簧蓄能,当所述解扣组件对所述脱扣驱动件的驱动力解除时,所述脱扣扭簧通过所述第二扭臂驱动所述脱扣半轴沿第二方向旋转,以使所述第一锁持部复位,所述第二方向与所述第一方向相反。In a possible implementation manner, the tripping torsion spring includes a first torsion arm and a second torsion arm, the first torsion arm is connected to the operation fixed disk, and the second torsion arm is connected to the tripping arm. The tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping driver to rotate in the first direction to drive the second torsion arm to rotate in the first direction, so that the tripping torsion spring stores energy. When the driving force of the buckle assembly on the tripping driver is released, the tripping torsion spring drives the tripping half shaft to rotate in the second direction through the second torsion arm, so that the first locking part Reset, the second direction is opposite to the first direction.
在一实施方式中,所述第一方向为顺时针方向,所述第二方向为逆时针方向。In one embodiment, the first direction is clockwise, and the second direction is counterclockwise.
在一实施方式中,所述第一方向为逆时针方向,所述第二方向为顺时针方向。In one embodiment, the first direction is counterclockwise, and the second direction is clockwise.
在一实施方式中,所述脱扣扭簧还包括脱扣扭簧主体,所述脱扣扭簧主体套设在脱扣半轴远离第一操作盘的一端。第一扭臂与操作固定盘连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接,其中脱扣半轴套设脱扣扭簧主体的位置处的半径与脱扣半轴中第一锁持部和第一缺口板的半径可不相等。In one embodiment, the tripping torsion spring further includes a tripping torsion spring main body, and the tripping torsion spring main body is sheathed on the end of the tripping semi-axis away from the first operation panel. The way the first torsion arm is connected to the operating fixed plate includes but not limited to resistance, fixed connection, and clamping. The radii of the holding portion and the first notch plate may not be equal.
在一实施方式中,所述操作固定盘还包括第一固定支部,所述第一固定支部位于所述第二固定部远离所述第一操作盘的一侧,所述第一固定支部用于连接所述第一扭臂,其中所述第一固定支部可设置成凹槽状,所述第一扭臂位于所述第一固定支部的凹槽内。In one embodiment, the operation fixed plate further includes a first fixed branch, the first fixed branch is located on the side of the second fixed portion away from the first operation plate, and the first fixed branch is used for The first torsion arm is connected, wherein the first fixed branch can be arranged in a groove shape, and the first torsion arm is located in the groove of the first fixed branch.
在上述实施方式中,通过脱扣扭簧来实现脱扣半轴复位和旋转,结构简单,且便于操作。在其他实施方式中,还可以通过其他弹性体来替换脱扣扭簧,或者采用其他驱动部件来驱动脱扣半轴复位和旋转,不限于脱扣扭簧。In the above embodiments, the reset and rotation of the trip semi-axis is realized by the trip torsion spring, which has a simple structure and is easy to operate. In other embodiments, other elastic bodies may be used to replace the tripping torsion spring, or other driving components may be used to drive the tripping half shaft to reset and rotate, not limited to the tripping torsion spring.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述解扣组件包括固定连接的解扣半轴和解扣驱动杆,所述解扣半轴包括相对设置的第二锁持部和第二缺口部;In a possible implementation manner, the tripping assembly includes a tripping half shaft and a tripping driving rod that are fixedly connected, and the tripping half shaft includes a second locking part and a second notch part that are oppositely arranged;
所述第二锁持部用于在所述储能组件储能完成时,与所述储能组件锁持,以使所述解扣组件与所述储能组件锁持;The second locking part is used to lock the energy storage component when the energy storage component is completed, so that the trip component is locked with the energy storage component;
当所述解扣驱动杆用于在接收到所述分闸信号时,带动所述解扣半轴旋转,以使所述储能组件中的部分位于所述第二缺口部的内部空间,实现所述解扣半轴与所述储能组件解锁,使得所述储能组件释能。When the tripping driving rod is used to drive the tripping half shaft to rotate when receiving the opening signal, so that part of the energy storage assembly is located in the inner space of the second notch, realizing The trip axle shaft is unlocked from the energy storage assembly, so that the energy storage assembly releases energy.
在一实施方式中,所述解扣组件还包括解扣底板,所述解扣底板套设在所述操作轴上,且所述操作轴能够相对所述解扣底板旋转,所述解扣底板与外壳固定连接,所述解扣半轴转动连接在所述解扣底板上。In one embodiment, the tripping assembly further includes a tripping bottom plate, the tripping bottom plate is sleeved on the operating shaft, and the operating shaft can rotate relative to the tripping bottom plate, and the tripping bottom plate It is fixedly connected with the housing, and the trip half shaft is rotatably connected to the trip bottom plate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述解扣驱动杆包括相互连接的第一解扣杆和第二解扣杆,所述第一解扣杆用于在所述分闸信号控制下旋转,驱动所述解扣半轴旋转,以实现所述解扣半轴与所述储能组件解锁;所述第一解扣杆还用于驱动所述第二解扣杆旋转,所述第二解扣杆旋转以实现所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴解锁。In a possible implementation manner, the trip driving lever includes a first trip lever and a second trip lever connected to each other, and the first trip lever is configured to rotate under the control of the opening signal, Drive the trip semi-shaft to rotate to realize the unlocking of the trip semi-shaft and the energy storage assembly; the first trip lever is also used to drive the second trip lever to rotate, and the second trip lever The buckle lever rotates to realize the unlocking of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft.
在一实施方式中,所述脱扣驱动件大致呈弧形状,且所述第二解扣杆呈与所述脱扣驱动件适配的弧形状。有利于第二解扣杆推动脱扣驱动件旋转。In one embodiment, the tripping driver is substantially arc-shaped, and the second trip lever is arc-shaped adapted to the tripping driver. It is beneficial for the second trip lever to push the trip driving part to rotate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述解扣组件还包括解扣扭簧,所述解扣扭簧套设在所述解扣半轴上;In a possible implementation manner, the tripping assembly further includes a tripping torsion spring, and the tripping torsion spring is sleeved on the tripping half shaft;
在所述储能组件储能完成时,所述解扣扭簧用于释能并驱动所述第二锁持部与所述储能组件锁持;When the energy storage component is stored, the tripping torsion spring is used to release energy and drive the second locking part to lock with the energy storage component;
当所述解扣驱动杆用于在所述分闸信号的控制下驱动所述解扣半轴旋转时,所述解扣扭簧还用于蓄能。When the trip driving lever is used to drive the trip half shaft to rotate under the control of the opening signal, the trip torsion spring is also used for energy storage.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一解扣杆被合闸信号控制旋转,使得解扣半轴与储能盘锁持,其中合闸信号可通过控制单元发出。In some embodiments, the rotation of the first trip lever is controlled by a switch-on signal, so that the trip shaft is locked with the energy storage disc, wherein the switch-on signal can be sent by the control unit.
在一实施方式中,所述解扣扭簧包括第九扭臂、第十扭臂和解扣扭簧主体,所述解扣扭簧主体套设在解扣半轴上,所述第九扭臂与第四固定杆连接,所述第十扭臂与解扣半轴上的 第二固定支部连接。第九扭臂和第十扭臂向靠近对方的方向压缩以对解扣扭簧蓄能。In one embodiment, the tripping torsion spring includes a ninth torsion arm, a tenth torsion arm, and a tripping torsion spring body, the tripping torsion spring body is sleeved on the tripping half shaft, and the ninth torsion arm It is connected with the fourth fixed rod, and the tenth torsion arm is connected with the second fixed branch on the trip axle shaft. The ninth torsion arm and the tenth torsion arm are compressed towards each other to store energy for the tripping torsion spring.
在一些实施方式中,所述第九扭臂和所述第十扭臂交叉设置,所述第九扭臂和所述第十扭臂向远离对方的方向拉伸以对解扣扭簧蓄能。In some embodiments, the ninth torsion arm and the tenth torsion arm are intersected, and the ninth torsion arm and the tenth torsion arm stretch away from each other to store energy for the trip torsion spring .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述储能组件包括套设在所述操作轴上的储能盘和储能扭簧,当所述储能组件释能时,所述储能盘与所述第一操作盘接触,所述储能扭簧用于驱动所述储能盘旋转,所述储能盘用于带动所述第一操作盘旋转。通过第一操作盘旋转实现自由脱扣机构的分闸。In a possible implementation manner, the energy storage assembly includes an energy storage disk and an energy storage torsion spring sheathed on the operating shaft. When the energy storage assembly is released, the energy storage disk and the energy storage The first operation panel is in contact with the first operation panel, the energy storage torsion spring is used to drive the rotation of the energy storage panel, and the energy storage panel is used to drive the rotation of the first operation panel. The opening of the free tripping mechanism is realized by the rotation of the first operation panel.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当所述储能组件用于储能时,所述第一操作盘用于旋转带动所述储能盘旋转,所述储能盘在旋转时能够给所述储能扭簧蓄能,当所述储能扭簧蓄能完成时,所述储能组件储能完成。In a possible implementation manner, when the energy storage assembly is used for energy storage, the first operation plate is used to rotate to drive the energy storage plate to rotate, and the energy storage plate can give the The energy storage torsion spring stores energy. When the energy storage torsion spring completes the energy storage, the energy storage component completes the energy storage.
通过储能扭簧使得储能组件储能和释能,通过储能盘实现带动第一操作盘旋转。采用储能扭簧实现储能和释能,使得储能组件结构简单,使自由脱扣机构更小型化。The energy storage component is stored and released by the energy storage torsion spring, and the first operation panel is driven to rotate by the energy storage disc. The energy storage and release are realized by adopting the energy storage torsion spring, which makes the structure of the energy storage component simple and makes the free release mechanism more miniaturized.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述储能盘包括固定连接的储能底板和储能顶板,所述储能底板和所述储能顶板套设在所述操作轴上,且均与所述操作轴转动连接,所述储能扭簧位于所述储能底板和储能顶板之间,所述储能底板的外周设有储能突出部,所述第一操作盘朝向所述储能突出部的一侧设有第一卡位部,所述储能突出部与所述第一卡位部接触;In a possible implementation manner, the energy storage disc includes an energy storage bottom plate and an energy storage top plate fixedly connected, and the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate are sheathed on the operating shaft, and are both connected to the The operating shaft is rotatably connected, the energy storage torsion spring is located between the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate, an energy storage protrusion is provided on the outer periphery of the energy storage bottom plate, and the first operation panel faces the energy storage One side of the protruding portion is provided with a first locking portion, and the energy storage protruding portion is in contact with the first locking portion;
当所述第一操作盘旋转时,所述第一卡位部用于推动所述储能突出部旋转,所述储能突出部用于带动所述储能底板和所述储能顶板旋转,并给所述储能扭簧蓄能;When the first operation panel rotates, the first locking part is used to push the energy storage protrusion to rotate, and the energy storage protrusion is used to drive the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate to rotate, And store energy for the energy storage torsion spring;
在所述储能组件储能完成时,所述解扣组件用于与所述储能顶板锁持,以将所述解扣组件与所述储能组件锁持;所述解扣组件还用于在所述分闸信号的控制下与所述储能顶板解锁,进而与所述储能组件解锁。When the energy storage of the energy storage component is completed, the tripping component is used to lock the energy storage top plate, so as to lock the tripping component and the energy storage component; the tripping component is also used to Under the control of the opening signal, it is unlocked with the energy storage top plate, and then unlocked with the energy storage component.
在一实施方式中,所述储能突出部沿径向延伸,所述第一卡位部沿轴向延伸。使得第一卡位部在旋转时可与储能突出部接触。In one embodiment, the energy storage protruding portion extends radially, and the first engaging portion extends axially. This allows the first locking part to be in contact with the protruding part of the energy storage when rotating.
在一具体实施方式中,所述储能扭簧完成蓄能使得储能组件储能完成。In a specific embodiment, the energy storage of the energy storage torsion spring is completed so that the energy storage of the energy storage component is completed.
在一实施方式中,所述储能顶板包括储能推部和储能卡位部,所述储能卡位部的半径小于所述储能推部的半径,所述储能卡位部呈凹槽形状。其中储能卡位部的半径是指储能卡位部远离操作轴的边缘与操作轴的轴线之间的最大垂直距离,储能推部的半径是指储能推部远离操作轴的边缘与操作轴的轴线之间的最大垂直距离。解扣组件与储能顶板锁持时,第二锁持部位于储能卡位部中,解扣组件与储能顶板解锁时,储能推部位于第二缺口部中。In one embodiment, the energy storage top plate includes an energy storage push portion and an energy storage locking portion, the radius of the energy storage locking portion is smaller than the radius of the energy storage pushing portion, and the energy storage locking portion is groove shape. Wherein, the radius of the energy storage locking portion refers to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the energy storage locking portion away from the operating shaft and the axis of the operating shaft, and the radius of the energy storage pushing portion refers to the distance between the edge of the energy storage pushing portion away from the operating shaft and the axis of the operating shaft. The maximum vertical distance between the axes of the operating shaft. When the tripping component is locked with the energy storage top plate, the second locking part is located in the energy storage locking part, and when the tripping component is unlocked with the energy storage top plate, the energy storage pushing part is located in the second notch.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述储能盘还包括储能连接部,所述储能连接部固定连接在所述储能底板和所述储能顶板之间,所述储能扭簧包括第三扭臂,所述第三扭臂与所述储能连接部连接;In a possible implementation manner, the energy storage plate further includes an energy storage connection part, the energy storage connection part is fixedly connected between the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate, and the energy storage torsion spring A third torsion arm is included, the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage connection part;
当所述解扣组件用于在所述分闸信号的控制下与所述储能顶板解锁时,所述储能扭簧用于释能,使得所述第三扭臂驱动所述储能连接部旋转,所述储能连接部通过所述储能突出部带动所述第一卡位部旋转,所述第一卡位部用于带动所述第一操作盘旋转。When the trip assembly is used to unlock the energy storage top plate under the control of the opening signal, the energy storage torsion spring is used to release energy, so that the third torsion arm drives the energy storage connection part rotates, the energy storage connection part drives the first locking part to rotate through the energy storage protruding part, and the first locking part is used to drive the first operation panel to rotate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述储能盘还包括储能侧壁,所述储能侧壁环绕所述储能底板和/或所述储能顶板的周侧设置。储能侧壁、储能底板、储能顶板围设形成储能盘的内部空间,用于将储能扭簧限位在储能盘的内部空间,避免储能扭簧晃动而影响释能或者储能效果。In a possible implementation manner, the energy storage tray further includes an energy storage side wall, and the energy storage side wall is arranged around the periphery of the energy storage bottom plate and/or the energy storage top plate. The energy storage side wall, the energy storage bottom plate, and the energy storage top plate enclose the inner space of the energy storage plate, which is used to limit the energy storage torsion spring in the inner space of the energy storage plate, so as to prevent the energy storage torsion spring from shaking and affect the energy release or Energy storage effect.
在一实施方式中,所述储能扭簧包括第三扭臂和第四扭臂,所述第三扭臂可与储能底板或储能顶板连接。其中连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接。In one embodiment, the energy storage torsion spring includes a third torsion arm and a fourth torsion arm, and the third torsion arm can be connected to the energy storage bottom plate or the energy storage top plate. The connection methods include but are not limited to resisting, fixed connection, and clamping.
在一实施方式中,所述第三扭臂与所述储能连接部连接,以使第三扭臂连接在储能底板 或储能顶板上,其中连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接,第四扭臂与第一固定杆连接。In one embodiment, the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage connection part, so that the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage bottom plate or the energy storage top plate, wherein the connection method includes but not limited to resisting, fixing connected and clipped, the fourth torsion arm is connected to the first fixed rod.
在一些实施方式中,所述第三扭臂直接与所述储能底板或所述储能顶板连接。In some embodiments, the third torsion arm is directly connected to the energy storage bottom plate or the energy storage top plate.
在一实施方式中,所述储能扭簧还包括储能扭簧主体,所述储能扭簧主体套设在所述操作轴上,所述第三扭臂和所述第四扭臂位于所述储能扭簧主体的两个端部。In one embodiment, the energy storage torsion spring further includes a main body of the energy storage torsion spring, the main body of the energy storage torsion spring is sleeved on the operating shaft, and the third torsion arm and the fourth torsion arm are located at The two ends of the main body of the energy storage torsion spring.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述操作组件还包括操作卡板,所述操作卡板设有卡孔,所述操作轴插入所述卡孔中且能够相对所述卡孔旋转,所述操作轴邻近所述操作卡板设置的一端设有沿径向凹陷的卡槽,所述卡孔的部分周壁位于所述卡槽中。以使操作轴在旋转时不会晃动而偏离轴向。其中操作卡板沿轴向的尺寸小于或者等于卡槽沿轴向的尺寸,使得卡孔周围的一部分操作卡板能够卡入卡槽中。In a possible implementation manner, the operation assembly further includes an operation clamping plate, the operation clamping plate is provided with a clamping hole, the operating shaft is inserted into the clamping hole and can rotate relative to the clamping hole, the One end of the operating shaft adjacent to the operating clamping plate is provided with a radially recessed clamping groove, and part of the peripheral wall of the clamping hole is located in the clamping groove. So that the operating shaft will not shake and deviate from the axial direction when rotating. The axial dimension of the operating clamping plate is smaller than or equal to the axial dimension of the engaging slot, so that a part of the operating clamping plate around the engaging hole can be engaged in the engaging slot.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述操作轴包括邻近所述操作卡板设置的操作轴卡端,所述卡槽设置在所述操作轴卡端上;In a possible implementation manner, the operating shaft includes an operating shaft locking end disposed adjacent to the operating clamping plate, and the locking groove is disposed on the operating shaft locking end;
所述卡孔具有沿第三方向的第一尺寸和沿第四方向的第二尺寸,所述第三方向和所述第四方向垂直,所述第一尺寸大于所述第二尺寸;The locking hole has a first size along a third direction and a second size along a fourth direction, the third direction is perpendicular to the fourth direction, and the first size is larger than the second size;
所述操作轴卡端具有沿所述第三方向的第三尺寸和沿所述第四方向的第四尺寸,所述第三尺寸大于所述第四尺寸,所述第三尺寸还大于所述第二尺寸且小于或者等于所述第一尺寸,所述第四尺寸小于所述第二尺寸。The clamp end of the operating shaft has a third dimension along the third direction and a fourth dimension along the fourth direction, the third dimension is greater than the fourth dimension, and the third dimension is also greater than the The second size is smaller than or equal to the first size, and the fourth size is smaller than the second size.
当在组装时,将所述操作轴卡端沿第三方向穿设在卡孔中,由于操作轴卡端沿第三方向的第三尺寸小于卡孔沿第三方向的第一尺寸,操作轴卡端沿第四方向的第四尺寸小于卡孔沿第四方向的第二尺寸可使得操作轴卡端顺利的穿入卡孔中。在操作轴旋转后与第三方向具有夹角时,可使得操作轴卡在卡槽中而不会晃动。When assembling, the clamping end of the operating shaft is inserted in the clamping hole along the third direction. Since the third dimension of the clamping end of the operating shaft along the third direction is smaller than the first dimension of the clamping hole along the third direction, the operating shaft The fourth dimension of the clamping end along the fourth direction is smaller than the second dimension of the clamping hole along the fourth direction, so that the clamping end of the operating shaft can be smoothly inserted into the clamping hole. When the operating shaft rotates and forms an included angle with the third direction, the operating shaft can be locked in the slot without shaking.
在一实施方式中,所述卡孔的周壁包括位于中间区域的弧形部,所述卡槽呈弧形,弧形部卡入卡槽中,弧形状有利于操作轴卡端旋转。In one embodiment, the peripheral wall of the locking hole includes an arc-shaped portion located in the middle area, the locking slot is arc-shaped, the arc-shaped portion is inserted into the locking slot, and the arc shape facilitates the rotation of the locking end of the operating shaft.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述自由脱扣机构还包括驱动组件,所述驱动组件包括套设在所述操作轴上的驱动盘和驱动扭簧,所述驱动盘和所述驱动扭簧与所述操作轴在周向上转动连接,所述驱动扭簧与所述驱动盘、所述第一操作盘接触,所述第一操作盘用于在旋转时给所述驱动扭簧蓄能,所述驱动扭簧用于在释能时驱动所述驱动盘旋转。In a possible implementation manner, the free release mechanism further includes a drive assembly, the drive assembly includes a drive plate and a drive torsion spring sheathed on the operating shaft, the drive plate and the drive torsion The spring is rotationally connected with the operating shaft in the circumferential direction, the driving torsion spring is in contact with the driving plate and the first operating plate, and the first operating plate is used to store energy for the driving torsion spring when rotating , the driving torsion spring is used to drive the driving disc to rotate when the energy is released.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述驱动盘包括驱动底板和位于所述驱动底板同一侧的驱动侧板、第一驱动限位部和第二驱动限位部,所述第一驱动限位部位于所述驱动底板的中间,所述驱动侧板位于所述驱动底板的边缘,所述第二驱动限位部位于所述第一驱动限位部和所述驱动侧板之间;In a possible implementation manner, the drive plate includes a drive bottom plate, a drive side plate located on the same side of the drive bottom plate, a first drive limiter, and a second drive limiter, and the first drive limiter The part is located in the middle of the driving bottom plate, the driving side plate is located at the edge of the driving bottom plate, and the second driving limiting part is located between the first driving limiting part and the driving side plate;
所述驱动扭簧包括驱动扭簧主体以及与所述驱动扭簧主体连接的第五扭臂和第六扭臂,所述驱动扭簧主体套设在所述第一驱动限位部的外侧且位于所述第一驱动限位部和所述第二驱动限位部之间,至少部分所述第二驱动限位部和至少部分所述第一操作盘位于所述第五扭臂和所述第六扭臂之间;The driving torsion spring includes a driving torsion spring main body and a fifth torsion arm and a sixth torsion arm connected to the driving torsion spring main body, the driving torsion spring main body is sleeved on the outside of the first driving limiting part and Located between the first drive limiter and the second drive limiter, at least part of the second drive limiter and at least part of the first operation plate are located between the fifth torsion arm and the second drive limiter. Between the sixth torsion arm;
所述第一操作盘用于在旋转时与所述第六扭臂接触并带动所述第六扭臂旋转,以对所述驱动扭簧蓄能;所述驱动扭簧用于释能时,所述第五扭臂与所述第二驱动限位部接触并用于带动通过所述第二驱动限位部带动所述驱动盘旋转。The first operation panel is used to contact the sixth torsion arm and drive the sixth torsion arm to rotate when rotating, so as to store energy for the driving torsion spring; when the driving torsion spring is used to release energy, The fifth torsion arm is in contact with the second drive limiting portion and is used to drive the drive plate to rotate through the second driving limiting portion.
在一实施方式中,所述驱动盘在第一位置时,自由脱扣机构为分闸状态,所述驱动盘在旋转到第二位置,所述驱动盘为合闸状态,所述第一位置与所述第二位置不同。In one embodiment, when the driving disc is in the first position, the free release mechanism is in the open state, and when the driving disc rotates to the second position, the driving disc is in the closing state, and the first position different from the second location.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一操作盘设有朝向所述驱动盘的一侧设有第二卡位部, 所述第二卡位部与所述第六扭臂抵接,所述第一操作盘用于旋转时,所述第二卡位部用于带动所述第六扭臂旋转,以对所述驱动扭簧蓄能。In a possible implementation manner, the first operation panel is provided with a second clamping part on a side facing the driving disc, and the second clamping part abuts against the sixth torsion arm, When the first operation panel is used to rotate, the second locking part is used to drive the sixth torsion arm to rotate, so as to store energy for the driving torsion spring.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述自由脱扣机构还包括底座组件,所述底座组件包括底座、分闸卡扣和合闸卡扣,所述驱动盘、分闸卡扣和合闸卡扣均与所述底座活动连接且能够相对所述底座旋转,所述分闸卡扣和合闸卡扣位于所述驱动盘的外周侧,所述驱动盘设有驱动开口;In a possible implementation manner, the free tripping mechanism further includes a base assembly, and the base assembly includes a base, an opening buckle and a closing buckle, and the driving plate, the opening buckle and the closing buckle are all It is movably connected with the base and can rotate relative to the base, the opening buckle and the closing buckle are located on the outer peripheral side of the driving disc, and the driving disc is provided with a driving opening;
当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第一位置时,所述分闸卡扣用于与所述驱动开口连接,使得所述驱动盘与所述分闸卡扣保持固定连接;当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第二位置时,所述合闸卡扣用于与所述驱动开口连接,使得所述驱动盘与所述合闸卡扣保持固定连接。When the driving disc is used to rotate to the first position, the opening buckle is used to connect with the driving opening, so that the driving disc and the opening buckle remain fixedly connected; when the driving disc When being used to rotate to the second position, the closing buckle is used to connect with the driving opening, so that the driving disc is kept fixedly connected with the closing buckle.
在一实施方式中,在所述底座上还设有分闸凹槽、合闸凹槽、合闸弹性件和分闸弹性件,所述分闸卡扣和所述分闸弹性件位于所述分闸凹槽内,所述分闸弹性件的两端抵接所述分闸卡扣和所述分闸凹槽的侧壁,所述合闸卡扣和所述合闸弹性件位于所述合闸凹槽内,所述合闸弹性件的两端抵接所述合闸卡扣和所述合闸凹槽的侧壁。In one embodiment, an opening groove, a closing groove, a closing elastic piece and an opening elastic piece are further provided on the base, and the opening buckle and the opening elastic piece are located on the In the opening groove, both ends of the opening elastic member abut against the opening buckle and the side wall of the opening groove, and the closing buckle and the closing elastic member are located in the In the closing groove, both ends of the closing elastic member abut against the closing buckle and the side wall of the closing groove.
当分闸卡扣受到朝向分闸弹性件方向的作用力时,分闸卡扣用于挤压分闸弹性件使得分闸弹性件压缩,当分闸卡扣受到朝向分闸弹性件方向的作用力解除时,分闸弹性件回复,用于推动分闸卡扣朝向远离分闸弹性件的方向运动,以使分闸卡扣卡入驱动开口中。When the opening buckle is subjected to a force towards the opening elastic part, the opening buckle is used to squeeze the opening elastic part to compress the opening elastic part, and when the opening buckle is subjected to a force towards the opening elastic part, it is released , the opening elastic member returns, and is used to push the opening buckle to move in a direction away from the opening elastic member, so that the opening buckle snaps into the driving opening.
当合闸卡扣受到朝向合闸弹性件方向的作用力时,合闸卡扣用于挤压合闸弹性件使得合闸弹性件压缩,当合闸卡扣受到朝向合闸弹性件方向的作用力解除时,即没有受到挤压,此时驱动盘旋转到第二位置,驱动开口与合闸卡扣相对,合闸弹性件回复,用于推动合闸卡扣朝向远离合闸弹性件的方向运动,以使合闸卡扣卡入驱动开口中。When the closing buckle is subjected to a force toward the closing elastic member, the closing buckle is used to squeeze the closing elastic member to compress the closing elastic member. When the force is released, that is, there is no extrusion, the drive plate rotates to the second position at this time, the drive opening is opposite to the closing buckle, and the closing elastic member is restored, which is used to push the closing buckle away from the closing elastic member movement so that the closing catch snaps into the drive opening.
通过分闸卡扣、合闸卡扣与驱动开口连接保持驱动盘的分闸状态和合闸状态,使得结构简单易操作。在其他实施方式中,还可在驱动盘与底座之间还可设置弹性锁扣、滑动锁扣或者其他结构来实现驱动盘在第一位置和第二位置时相对底座固定,以保持分闸状态和合闸状态。The opening and closing states of the drive disc are maintained by connecting the opening buckle and the closing buckle with the drive opening, which makes the structure simple and easy to operate. In other embodiments, elastic locks, sliding locks or other structures can also be provided between the drive plate and the base to realize that the drive plate is fixed relative to the base when the drive plate is in the first position and the second position, so as to maintain the opening state and closing status.
在一实施方式中,所述合闸弹性件和所述分闸弹性件为弹簧。在一实施方式中,所述合闸弹性件和所述分闸弹性件为弹片或者弹性体。In one embodiment, the closing elastic member and the opening elastic member are springs. In one embodiment, the closing elastic member and the opening elastic member are shrapnels or elastic bodies.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述底座组件还包括第一固定杆、第二固定杆、分闸弹性件和合闸弹性件,所述第一固定杆、所述第二固定杆均固定在所述底座上,所述分闸卡扣套设在所述第一固定杆且能够相对所述第一固定杆旋转,所述合闸卡扣套设在所述第二固定杆上且能够相对所述第二固定杆旋转;In a possible implementation manner, the base assembly further includes a first fixing rod, a second fixing rod, an opening elastic member and a closing elastic member, the first fixing rod and the second fixing rod are fixed on On the base, the opening buckle is sleeved on the first fixing rod and can rotate relative to the first fixing rod, and the closing buckle is sleeved on the second fixing rod and can be relatively the second fixed rod rotates;
所述分闸弹性件位于所述分闸卡扣远离所述驱动盘的一侧,当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第一位置时,所述分闸弹性件用于提供给所述分闸卡扣朝向所述驱动开口的驱动力,以使所述分闸卡扣与所述驱动开口连接;The opening elastic member is located on the side of the opening buckle away from the driving plate, and when the driving plate is used to rotate to the first position, the opening elastic member is used to provide the opening the driving force of the buckle toward the driving opening, so that the opening buckle is connected with the driving opening;
所述合闸弹性件位于所述合闸卡扣远离所述驱动盘的一侧,当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第二位置时,所述合闸弹性件用于提供给所述合闸卡扣朝向所述驱动开口的驱动力,以使所述合闸卡扣与所述驱动开口连接。The closing elastic member is located on the side of the closing buckle away from the driving disc, and when the driving disc is used to rotate to the second position, the closing elastic member is used to provide the closing The buckle faces the driving force of the driving opening, so that the closing buckle is connected with the driving opening.
在一实施方式中,所述底座组件还包括第三固定杆、第四固定杆、第五固定杆、第六固定杆,所述第三固定杆和所述第五固定杆同侧设置,所述第四固定杆和所述第六固定杆同侧设置,所述操作卡板的两端分别固定在所述第三固定杆和所述第五固定杆、所述第四固定杆和所述第六固定杆上。其中第一固定杆、第五固定杆、第二固定杆、第三固定杆、第六固定杆和第四固定杆依次环绕在驱动盘凹槽的外周侧,第一固定杆、第二固定杆、第三固定杆、 第四固定杆、第五固定杆、第六固定杆的延伸方向与操作轴的轴向平行。In one embodiment, the base assembly further includes a third fixing rod, a fourth fixing rod, a fifth fixing rod, and a sixth fixing rod, the third fixing rod and the fifth fixing rod are arranged on the same side, so The fourth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod are arranged on the same side, and the two ends of the operation clamp are respectively fixed on the third fixed rod and the fifth fixed rod, the fourth fixed rod and the on the sixth fixed pole. Wherein the first fixed rod, the fifth fixed rod, the second fixed rod, the third fixed rod, the sixth fixed rod and the fourth fixed rod surround the outer peripheral side of the groove of the drive disc successively, the first fixed rod, the second fixed rod The extension directions of the third fixed rod, the fourth fixed rod, the fifth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod are parallel to the axial direction of the operation shaft.
在一实施方式中,所述第五固定杆和所述第六固定杆沿轴向的长度小于所述第一固定杆、所述第二固定杆、所述第三固定杆、所述第四固定杆沿轴向的长度。第五固定杆和第六固定杆用于固定操作卡板,第一固定杆、第二固定杆、第三固定杆、第四固定杆还用与固定操作卡板上方的部件,例如第四固定杆还用与连接解扣扭簧的第九扭臂。In one embodiment, the length of the fifth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod in the axial direction is smaller than that of the first fixed rod, the second fixed rod, the third fixed rod, and the fourth fixed rod. The length of the fixed rod along the axial direction. The fifth fixed rod and the sixth fixed rod are used to fix the operation pallet, and the first fixed rod, the second fixed rod, the third fixed rod, and the fourth fixed rod are also used to fix the components above the operation pallet, such as the fourth fixed rod The lever is also connected with the ninth torsion arm of the trip torsion spring.
在一实施方式中,在所述底座上设有驱动盘凹槽,所述驱动盘位于所述驱动盘凹槽内,所述驱动组件还包括开关部件,所述开关部件位于所述驱动盘凹槽远离所述驱动盘的一侧。也就是说开关部件位于驱动盘凹槽的底部,开关部件与驱动盘穿过驱动盘凹槽的底部固定连接,当驱动盘旋转时,开关部件会同步旋转,开关部件用于控制通断装置断开或连通。其中开关部件的结构可根据通断装置来设置,以使开关部件可控制通断装置断开和连通。In one embodiment, a drive disc groove is provided on the base, and the drive disc is located in the drive disc groove, and the drive assembly further includes a switch component, and the switch component is located in the drive disc recess. The groove is away from the side of the drive disk. That is to say, the switch part is located at the bottom of the drive disc groove, and the switch part is fixedly connected with the drive disc through the bottom of the drive disc groove. When the drive disc rotates, the switch part will rotate synchronously. on or connected. The structure of the switch part can be set according to the on-off device, so that the switch part can control the on-off device to be disconnected and connected.
在一实施方式中,所述开关部件远离所述驱动盘的表面设有方形凹槽,所述通断装置中设有方形柱,所述方向柱位于所述方形凹槽中,当所述开关部件旋转时,通过所述方形凹槽和所述方形柱的配合,可带动所述方形柱旋转,进而可实现通断装置的断开和连通。In one embodiment, a square groove is provided on the surface of the switch component away from the driving disk, a square column is provided in the on-off device, and the direction column is located in the square groove, when the switch When the component rotates, through the cooperation between the square groove and the square column, the square column can be driven to rotate, and then the disconnection and connection of the on-off device can be realized.
在一实施方式中,所述第一操作盘包括第一推闸部和第二推闸部,所述第一推闸部和所述第二推闸部的半径与所述驱动盘的半径相同,在所述第一推闸部和所述第二推闸部之间还设有自由活动部,所述自由活动部的半径小于所述驱动盘的半径,所述第一操作盘上方的第一卡位部与所述自由活动部连接,所述第一操作盘下方的第二卡位部与所述第一推闸部或者所述第二推闸部远离自由活动部的一侧连接。In one embodiment, the first operation plate includes a first push brake portion and a second push brake portion, and the radius of the first push brake portion and the second push brake portion is the same as the radius of the driving plate. , a free movable part is further provided between the first push gate part and the second push gate part, the radius of the freely movable part is smaller than the radius of the driving disc, and the second gate above the first operating disc A locking part is connected to the free movable part, and a second locking part under the first operation panel is connected to a side of the first push gate part or the second push gate part away from the free movable part.
其中第一推闸部、第二推闸部、自由活动部的半径分别是指第一推闸部、第二推闸部自由活动部与操作轴轴线之间的垂直距离。第一推闸部和第二推闸部的半径与驱动盘的半径相同,使得第一推闸部和第二推闸部转动到分闸卡扣或者合闸卡扣的位置时可将分闸卡扣或者合闸卡扣从驱动开口中向外推出。Wherein the radii of the first push gate part, the second push gate part and the free movement part respectively refer to the vertical distances between the first push gate part, the second push gate part free movement part and the axis of the operating shaft. The radius of the first push brake part and the second push brake part is the same as the radius of the drive plate, so that when the first push brake part and the second push brake part are rotated to the position of the opening buckle or the closing buckle, the opening The catch or closing catch is pushed out from the drive opening.
在一实施方式中,所述驱动盘、所述操作卡板、所述第一操作盘、所述第二操作盘和所述储能盘沿所述操作轴的轴向依次设置。使得自由脱扣机构结构简单,体积小。In one embodiment, the driving plate, the operation clamping plate, the first operating plate, the second operating plate and the energy storage plate are arranged in sequence along the axial direction of the operating shaft. The structure of the free tripping mechanism is simple and the volume is small.
在一实施方式中,所述自由脱扣机构还包括复位扭簧,所述复位扭簧套设所述操作轴上,且位于所述解扣底板远离所述底座的一侧。设置复位扭簧,可在分闸完成后更好的实现操作轴、第二操作盘和旋钮复位,节省操作旋钮的力度,使用者体验更佳。In one embodiment, the free tripping mechanism further includes a return torsion spring, the return torsion spring is sleeved on the operating shaft and is located on a side of the trip bottom plate away from the base. Setting the reset torsion spring can better realize the reset of the operation shaft, the second operation panel and the knob after the opening is completed, saving the force of the operation knob, and the user experience is better.
在一实施方式中,所述复位扭簧包括第七扭臂、第八扭臂和复位扭簧主体,所述复位扭簧主体套设在所述操作轴上,所述第七扭臂与所述第二固定杆连接,所述第八扭臂与所述操作轴连接。在一实施方式中,所述操作轴具有轴突出部,所述第八扭臂与所述轴突出部连接。当操作轴顺时针旋转时,复位扭簧蓄能,复位扭簧能够在分闸后释能,以带动操作轴沿逆时针旋转,使得操作轴、第二操作盘和旋钮复位。In one embodiment, the return torsion spring includes a seventh torsion arm, an eighth torsion arm and a return torsion spring main body, the return torsion spring main body is sleeved on the operating shaft, the seventh torsion arm and the The second fixed rod is connected, and the eighth torsion arm is connected with the operating shaft. In one embodiment, the operating shaft has a shaft protrusion, and the eighth torsion arm is connected to the shaft protrusion. When the operating shaft rotates clockwise, the reset torsion spring stores energy, and the reset torsion spring can release energy after the brake is opened to drive the operating shaft to rotate counterclockwise, so that the operating shaft, the second operating panel and the knob are reset.
在一实施方式中,通过所述操作组件、所述驱动组件、所述底座组件之间的配合可实现所述自由脱扣机构的手动分闸和手动合闸。简化自由脱扣机构的手动分闸和手动合闸操作链路。In one embodiment, the manual opening and closing of the free tripping mechanism can be realized through cooperation among the operating assembly, the driving assembly, and the base assembly. Simplify the manual opening and manual closing operation chain of the free trip mechanism.
在一实施方式中,通过所述底座组件、所述驱动组件、所述操作组件、所述储能组件、所述解扣组件、所述脱扣组件之间的配合可实现自由脱扣机构的分闸。以实现电子设备或者功率变换装置的自动断开,提升远程控制精度。In one embodiment, the free tripping mechanism can be realized through cooperation among the base component, the driving component, the operating component, the energy storage component, the tripping component, and the tripping component. Opening. In order to realize the automatic disconnection of the electronic equipment or the power conversion device, and improve the precision of the remote control.
在一实施方式中,所述合闸卡扣远离所述底座的一端与所述底座底部的垂直距离大于所述储能突出部与所述底座底部的垂直距离,所述储能突出部远离所述操作轴的一端与所述操作轴轴线的垂直距离和所述第一操作盘边缘与所述操作轴轴线的最大垂直距离相等。使得储 能突出部在旋转到合闸卡扣的位置时可向外侧推动合闸卡扣。其中,储能扭簧的尺寸和储能能力需要满足能够推动合闸卡扣且还能够推动第一操作盘旋转,储能扭簧的具体尺寸和储能强度可根据自由脱扣机构的尺寸和实际需要来设置,只要能够满足在合闸时储能扭簧具有足能弹性能量,可使得在分闸时,储能扭簧能够推开合闸卡扣以及推动第一操作轴旋转以完成分闸。In one embodiment, the vertical distance between the end of the closing buckle away from the base and the bottom of the base is greater than the vertical distance between the energy storage protrusion and the bottom of the base, and the energy storage protrusion is farther away from the bottom of the base. The vertical distance between one end of the operation shaft and the axis of the operation shaft is equal to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the first operation disk and the axis of the operation shaft. When the energy storage protrusion is rotated to the position of the closing buckle, the closing buckle can be pushed outward. Among them, the size and energy storage capacity of the energy storage torsion spring need to be able to push the closing buckle and also push the first operation panel to rotate. The specific size and energy storage strength of the energy storage torsion spring can be determined according to the size of the free tripping mechanism and According to actual needs, as long as the energy storage torsion spring has sufficient elastic energy when closing, the energy storage torsion spring can push the closing buckle and push the first operating shaft to rotate to complete the opening. brake.
第二方面,本申请提供一种开关,包括通断装置和如上面任一项所述的自由脱扣机构,所述通断装置与所述自由脱扣机构连接,所述自由脱扣机构用于控制所述通断装置断开和连通。通过本申请的自由脱扣机构可在操作轴卡死或者旋钮卡死的情况下实现开关的分闸。In a second aspect, the present application provides a switch, including an on-off device and a free tripping mechanism as described in any one of the above, the on-off device is connected to the free tripping mechanism, and the free tripping mechanism uses It is used to control the disconnection and connection of the on-off device. Through the free release mechanism of the present application, the opening of the switch can be realized when the operating shaft is stuck or the knob is stuck.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述开关还包括解扣装置,所述解扣装置用于根据所述分闸信号控制所述解扣组件与储能组件解锁。In a possible implementation manner, the switch further includes a tripping device, and the tripping device is configured to control the tripping assembly and the energy storage assembly to unlock according to the opening signal.
第三方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,包括电气装置和如上述所述的开关,所述电气装置与所述通断装置连接,所述通断装置用于控制所述电气装置的开启和关闭。采用本申请可实现分闸的开关来使控制电子设备发生故障时关闭,提升电子设备的安全性能。In a third aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, including an electrical device and the above-mentioned switch, the electrical device is connected to the on-off device, and the on-off device is used to control the opening and closing of the electrical device. closure. By adopting the switch of the application, the opening switch can be realized to close the control electronic equipment when a fault occurs, thereby improving the safety performance of the electronic equipment.
第四方面,本申请提供一种供电系统,包括控制单元、直流源、功率变换单元和如上面所述的开关,所述开关电连接在所述直流源和所述功率变换单元之间,所述控制单元用于在所述直流源或所述功率变换单元故障时发送分闸信号至所述开关。采用本申请可实现分闸的开关来使控制供电系统发生故障时关闭,提升供电系统的安全性能。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a power supply system, including a control unit, a DC source, a power conversion unit, and the switch as described above, the switch is electrically connected between the DC source and the power conversion unit, and the The control unit is used for sending an opening signal to the switch when the DC source or the power conversion unit fails. By adopting the switch of the application, the opening switch can be realized to shut down the control power supply system when a fault occurs, thereby improving the safety performance of the power supply system.
第五方面,本申请提供一种功率变换装置,包括电路板和如上所述的开关,电路板与解扣装置电连接,提供分闸信号给解扣装置。采用本申请可实现分闸的开关来使控制功率变换装置发生故障时关闭,提升功率变换装置的安全性能。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a power conversion device, including a circuit board and the above-mentioned switch, the circuit board is electrically connected to the tripping device, and provides an opening signal to the tripping device. By adopting the switch of the application, the opening switch can be used to shut down the control power conversion device when it fails, so as to improve the safety performance of the power conversion device.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiment of the present application or the background art, the following will describe the drawings that need to be used in the embodiment of the present application or the background art.
图1是本申请一种实施方式提供的供电系统的结构框图;Fig. 1 is a structural block diagram of a power supply system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请一种实施方式提供的功率变换装置的结构示意图;Fig. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a power conversion device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请一种实施方式提供的电子设备的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构的结构示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构的爆炸图;Fig. 5 is an exploded view of a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构的结构示意图;Fig. 5a is a schematic structural diagram of a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴锁持的立体示意图;Fig. 6 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of locking between the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴锁持的侧视图;Fig. 7a is a side view of the locking of the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7b是图7a的A-A剖面图;Fig. 7b is the A-A sectional view of Fig. 7a;
图7c是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件的结构示意图;Fig. 7c is a schematic structural diagram of a tripping assembly in a free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7d是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴锁持的结构示意图;Fig. 7d is a structural schematic diagram of locking between the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴解锁的立体示意图;Fig. 8 is a schematic perspective view of unlocking the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴解锁的侧视图;Fig. 9a is a side view of unlocking the tripping assembly and the operating shaft in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9b是图9a的B-B剖面图;Fig. 9b is a B-B sectional view of Fig. 9a;
图9c是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴解锁后脱扣组件相对操作轴旋转的结构示意图;Fig. 9c is a structural schematic diagram of the tripping assembly rotating relative to the operating shaft after the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are unlocked in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9d是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴解锁后脱扣组件相对操作轴旋转的结构示意图;Fig. 9d is a schematic structural diagram of the trip assembly rotating relative to the operation shaft after the trip assembly and the operation shaft are unlocked in the free trip mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9e是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的脱扣组件与操作轴解锁后脱扣组件相对操作轴旋转的结构示意图;Fig. 9e is a structural schematic diagram of the tripping assembly rotating relative to the operating shaft after the tripping assembly and the operating shaft are unlocked in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9f是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴复位后与脱扣组件的结构示意图;Fig. 9f is a schematic structural diagram of the operating shaft and the tripping assembly after reset in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的解扣组件与储能组件中的储能盘锁持的立体结构示意图;Fig. 10 is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the locking of the tripping assembly in the free tripping mechanism and the energy storage disc in the energy storage assembly provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的解扣组件与储能组件中的储能盘解锁的立体结构示意图;Fig. 11 is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the unlocking of the tripping assembly in the free tripping mechanism and the energy storage disc in the energy storage assembly provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中脱扣组件和操作组件的立体结构示意图;Fig. 12a is a schematic perspective view of the three-dimensional structure of the tripping component and the operating component in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中脱扣组件和操作组件的侧视图;Fig. 12b is a side view of the tripping assembly and the operating assembly in the free tripping mechanism provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构的俯视图;Fig. 13 is a top view of a free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构的俯视图;Fig. 14 is a top view of a free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图15是图13中M部分的局部放大图;Fig. 15 is a partially enlarged view of part M in Fig. 13;
图16是图10中P部分的局部放大图;Fig. 16 is a partial enlarged view of part P in Fig. 10;
图17是图11中Q部分的局部放大图;Fig. 17 is a partially enlarged view of part Q in Fig. 11;
图18是图13中的局部放大图;Figure 18 is a partial enlarged view in Figure 13;
图19是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的储能组件部分的结构示意图;Fig. 19 is a schematic structural view of the energy storage component in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图20a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴和操作卡板的结构示意图;Fig. 20a is a schematic structural view of the operating shaft and the operating clamping plate in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图20b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴与操作卡板安装时的结构示意图;Fig. 20b is a structural schematic diagram of the installation of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图20c是图20b中C-C剖面图;Figure 20c is a cross-sectional view of C-C in Figure 20b;
图20d是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴与操作卡板安装时的俯视图;Fig. 20d is a top view of the installation of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图21a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴和操作卡板的结构示意图;Fig. 21a is a schematic structural view of the operating shaft and the operating clamping plate in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图21b是图21a中D-D剖面图;Figure 21b is a D-D sectional view in Figure 21a;
图21c是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴与操作卡板的俯视图;Fig. 21c is a top view of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图22a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴和操作卡板的结构示意图;Fig. 22a is a schematic structural view of the operating shaft and the operating clamping plate in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图22b是图22a中E-E剖面图;Figure 22b is a cross-sectional view of E-E in Figure 22a;
图22c是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的操作轴与操作卡板的俯视图;Fig. 22c is a top view of the operating shaft and the operating clamp in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图23a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的驱动组件和底座组件的俯视图;Fig. 23a is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图23b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的驱动组件和底座组件的俯视图;Fig. 23b is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图24a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的驱动组件和底座组件的俯视图;Fig. 24a is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图24b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的驱动组件和底座组件的俯视图;Fig. 24b is a top view of the drive assembly and the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图25a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的底座组件的仰视图;Fig. 25a is a bottom view of the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图25b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中的底座组件的仰视图;Fig. 25b is a bottom view of the base assembly in the free release mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图26a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构分闸时的俯视图;Fig. 26a is a top view of the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is switched off;
图26b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构合闸时的俯视图;Fig. 26b is a top view of the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application when it is switched on;
图27是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构手动合闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual closing of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图28是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构手动合闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 28 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual closing of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图29是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构手动分闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 29 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图30是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构手动分闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 30 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the manual opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图31是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构再次手动合闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 31 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the free tripping mechanism re-closing manually provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图32是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构分闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 32 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图33是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构分闸的运作过程示意图;Fig. 33 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the opening of the free trip mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图34a是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中脱扣组件和操作组件的俯视图;Fig. 34a is a top view of the tripping assembly and the operating assembly in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图34b是本申请一种实施方式提供的自由脱扣机构中脱扣组件和操作组件的俯视图。Fig. 34b is a top view of the tripping assembly and the operating assembly in the free tripping mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The following will describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the application with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the application. Apparently, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the application, not all of them.
本文中,术语“第一”、“第二”等仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Herein, the terms "first", "second", etc. are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of the indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
此外,本文中,“上”、“下”等方位术语是相对于附图中的结构示意置放的方位来定义的,应当理解到,这些方向性术语是相对的概念,它们用于相对于的描述和澄清,其可以根据结构所放置的方位的变化而相应地发生变化。In addition, in this article, orientation terms such as "upper" and "lower" are defined relative to the schematic placement orientation of the structures in the drawings. It should be understood that these directional terms are relative concepts, and they are used relative to The description and clarification of , which may vary accordingly to changes in the orientation in which the structure is placed.
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。Embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
请参阅图1,本申请一实施方式提供一种供电系统及应用在供电系统中的开关。供电系统包括控制单元、开关、直流源和功率变换单元,所述开关电连接在直流源和功率变换单元之间,所述控制单元用于在所述直流源或功率变换单元故障时发送分闸信号至所述开关。直流源可以是光伏组件、或光伏组串、或光伏组件和光伏组串的串并联电路,直流源也可以是一种功率变换单元。功率变换单元可以为DC/DC变换器、或DC/AC变换器。直流源和功率变换单元均可视为供电电路,当供电电路出现故障时,例如,如果直流源或功率变换单元出现故障,控制单元侦测到此故障的发生,控制单元能够发送分闸信号至开关,此分闸信号用于触发(即驱动)开关分闸,断开电路。Referring to FIG. 1 , an embodiment of the present application provides a power supply system and a switch used in the power supply system. The power supply system includes a control unit, a switch, a DC source and a power conversion unit, the switch is electrically connected between the DC source and the power conversion unit, and the control unit is used to send a trip switch when the DC source or the power conversion unit fails. signal to the switch. The DC source may be a photovoltaic module, or a photovoltaic string, or a series-parallel circuit of a photovoltaic module and a photovoltaic string, and the DC source may also be a power conversion unit. The power conversion unit may be a DC/DC converter or a DC/AC converter. Both the DC source and the power conversion unit can be regarded as a power supply circuit. When the power supply circuit fails, for example, if the DC source or the power conversion unit fails, the control unit detects the occurrence of the failure, and the control unit can send an opening signal to Switch, this opening signal is used to trigger (that is, drive) the switch to open and disconnect the circuit.
一种实施方式中,控制单元可以为单独的控制器,此控制器独立于直流源和功率变换单元设置在供电系统中,通过信号线电连接至功率变换单元、直流源和开关。一种实施方式中,功率变换单元可以为独立的功率变换装置,例如,逆变器。一种实施方式中,控制单元也可以集成在其它的功能装置中,例如,控制单元可以集成在逆变器中,可以为逆变器中的主板上的控制电路或控制芯片,这样,功率变换装置作为一个独立的装置,使用在任意的场景中都可以具备开关,即电路故障的情况自动跳闸。In one embodiment, the control unit may be an independent controller, which is set in the power supply system independently of the DC source and the power conversion unit, and is electrically connected to the power conversion unit, the DC source and the switch through signal lines. In an implementation manner, the power conversion unit may be an independent power conversion device, for example, an inverter. In one embodiment, the control unit can also be integrated in other functional devices. For example, the control unit can be integrated in the inverter, which can be the control circuit or control chip on the main board in the inverter. In this way, the power conversion As an independent device, the device can be equipped with a switch in any scene, that is, it will trip automatically in the event of a circuit failure.
本申请提供的开关可以为独立的开关器件设置在供电系统中,开关也可以设置在供电系统中的功能装置上,例如,一种实施方式中,开关设置在功率变换装置上。如图2所示,功率变换装置100包括开关200,开关200包括自由脱扣机构1、通断装置2和解扣装置4,功率变换装置100还包括电路板3和壳体5,壳体5围设收容空间6,电路板3设置在收容空间6中,自由脱扣机构1包括旋钮101和自由脱扣机构主体102,其中通断装置2、解扣装置4和自由脱扣机构主体102位于收容空间6内,通断装置2、解扣装置4电连接至电路板3,旋钮101位于壳体5的外表面的一侧。一种实施方式中,电路板3上设控制单元301,控制单元301与解扣装置4电连接,控制单元301用于发送分闸信号给解扣装置4,使得解扣装置4驱动自由脱扣机构主体102中的脱扣组件和解扣组件解锁,以实现开关200的分闸。The switch provided in the present application may be an independent switching device and be set in the power supply system, or the switch may be set on a functional device in the power supply system, for example, in one embodiment, the switch is set on the power conversion device. As shown in Figure 2, the power conversion device 100 includes a switch 200, the switch 200 includes a free trip mechanism 1, an on-off device 2 and a tripping device 4, the power conversion device 100 also includes a circuit board 3 and a housing 5, and the housing 5 is surrounded by Provide a storage space 6, the circuit board 3 is arranged in the storage space 6, the free tripping mechanism 1 includes a knob 101 and a free tripping mechanism main body 102, wherein the on-off device 2, the tripping device 4 and the free tripping mechanism main body 102 are located in the storage space. In the space 6 , the on-off device 2 and the tripping device 4 are electrically connected to the circuit board 3 , and the knob 101 is located on one side of the outer surface of the housing 5 . In one embodiment, a control unit 301 is provided on the circuit board 3, and the control unit 301 is electrically connected to the tripping device 4. The control unit 301 is used to send an opening signal to the tripping device 4, so that the tripping device 4 drives free tripping. The tripping assembly in the mechanism main body 102 and the tripping assembly are unlocked to realize the opening of the switch 200 .
如图3所示,本本申请还提供一种开关200,开关200包括自由脱扣机构1和通断装置2。自由脱扣机构1控制通断装置2断开和连通。在一实施方式中,开关200还包括解扣装置4,解扣装置4用于根据分闸信号控制自由脱扣机构1的分闸。As shown in FIG. 3 , the present application also provides a switch 200 , and the switch 200 includes a free trip mechanism 1 and an on-off device 2 . The free trip mechanism 1 controls the disconnection and connection of the on-off device 2 . In one embodiment, the switch 200 further includes a tripping device 4 for controlling the opening of the free trip mechanism 1 according to the opening signal.
本申请提供的开关200可以为独立的设置在电子设备(图未示出)中,电子设备包括开关200、通断装置2、解扣装置4和电气装置,其中,自由脱扣机构1和通断装置2沿自由脱扣机构1的轴向O上层叠设置,其中电气装置中包括电路板,电路板上设控制单元,其中解扣装置4包括解扣推杆401,解扣推杆401用于推动自由脱扣机构1中的解扣组件50,以实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸。在一实施方式中,通断装置2包括静触头和动触头(图未示出),自由脱扣机构1可带动动触头转动,以使动触头和静触头合闸或分闸,以实现开关200合闸或分闸。The switch 200 provided by the present application can be independently arranged in an electronic device (not shown in the figure), and the electronic device includes a switch 200, an on-off device 2, a tripping device 4 and an electrical device, wherein the free tripping mechanism 1 and the on-off device The breaking device 2 is stacked along the axial direction O of the free tripping mechanism 1, wherein the electrical device includes a circuit board, and a control unit is arranged on the circuit board, wherein the tripping device 4 includes a tripping push rod 401, which is used for the tripping push rod 401. To push the tripping component 50 in the free tripping mechanism 1 to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 . In one embodiment, the on-off device 2 includes a static contact and a moving contact (not shown in the figure), and the free tripping mechanism 1 can drive the moving contact to rotate, so that the moving contact and the static contact are closed or opened. gate, to realize the closing or opening of the switch 200.
请参阅图4和图5,图4是本申请一实施方式提供自由脱扣机构1的结构示意图,图5是图4中自由脱扣机构1的爆炸图,自由脱扣机构1包括底座组件10、驱动组件20、操作组件30、储能组件40、解扣组件50、脱扣组件60和外壳70,其中,底座组件10作为整个自由脱扣机构1的基座,外壳70和底座组件10围设呈收容空间,驱动组件20、操作组件30、储能组件40、解扣组件50、脱扣组件60位于该收容空间内,其中前文所述的自由脱扣机构主体102包括底座组件10、驱动组件20、操作组件30、储能组件40、解扣组件50、脱扣组件60和外壳70,自由脱扣机构1还包括旋钮101,旋钮101位于外壳70的外部,其中驱动组件20用于与图2中的通断装置2连接,操作组件30通过操作轴31与旋钮101连接,旋转旋钮101,通过操作组件30、驱动组件20、底座组件10之间的配合可实现自由脱扣机构1的手动分闸和手动合闸,以实现电子设备或者功率变换装置100的连通和断开。通过底座组件10、驱动组件20、操作组件30、储能组件40、解扣组件50、脱扣组件60之间的配合可实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸,以实现电子设备或者功率变换装置100的自动断开,提升远程控制精度,在分闸时无需旋转旋钮101,在完成分闸后旋转旋钮101复位到合闸位置。下面将详细介绍本申请的自由脱扣机构1。Please refer to Fig. 4 and Fig. 5. Fig. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a free tripping mechanism 1 provided in an embodiment of the present application. Fig. 5 is an exploded view of the free tripping mechanism 1 in Fig. 4, and the free tripping mechanism 1 includes a base assembly 10 , a driving assembly 20, an operating assembly 30, an energy storage assembly 40, a tripping assembly 50, a tripping assembly 60 and a housing 70, wherein the base assembly 10 serves as the base of the entire free tripping mechanism 1, and the housing 70 and the base assembly 10 surround Assuming a storage space, the drive assembly 20, the operation assembly 30, the energy storage assembly 40, the trip assembly 50, and the trip assembly 60 are located in the storage space, wherein the above-mentioned free tripping mechanism main body 102 includes a base assembly 10, a drive Assembly 20, operating assembly 30, energy storage assembly 40, tripping assembly 50, tripping assembly 60 and housing 70, the free tripping mechanism 1 also includes a knob 101, and the knob 101 is located outside the housing 70, wherein the drive assembly 20 is used to communicate with The on-off device 2 in Fig. 2 is connected, the operating assembly 30 is connected with the knob 101 through the operating shaft 31, and the rotating knob 101 can realize the free release mechanism 1 through the cooperation between the operating assembly 30, the driving assembly 20 and the base assembly 10. Manual opening and closing are used to realize the connection and disconnection of the electronic equipment or the power conversion device 100 . Through the cooperation between the base assembly 10, the drive assembly 20, the operation assembly 30, the energy storage assembly 40, the trip assembly 50, and the trip assembly 60, the opening of the free trip mechanism 1 can be realized, so as to realize electronic equipment or power conversion devices The automatic disconnection of 100 improves the accuracy of remote control. It is not necessary to rotate the knob 101 when opening the brake. After the opening is completed, the rotating knob 101 is reset to the closing position. The free tripping mechanism 1 of the present application will be described in detail below.
在图5中,驱动组件20、操作组件30除操作轴31以外的部分、储能组件40沿轴向O依次设置。如图5a所示,在一些实施方式中,操作组件30除操作轴31以外的部分位于储能组件40远离驱动组件20的一侧,或者说,驱动盘20、储能组件40、第一操作盘32沿轴向O依次设置。In FIG. 5 , the driving assembly 20 , the part of the operating assembly 30 other than the operating shaft 31 , and the energy storage assembly 40 are arranged in sequence along the axial direction O. As shown in Figure 5a, in some embodiments, the part of the operating assembly 30 other than the operating shaft 31 is located on the side of the energy storage assembly 40 away from the drive assembly 20, or in other words, the drive plate 20, the energy storage assembly 40, the first operating The discs 32 are arranged in sequence along the axial direction O.
请继续参阅图5,自由脱扣机构1的操作组件30包括操作轴31和套设在操作轴31上的第一操作盘32;储能组件40用于储能和释能,在储能组件40释能时,储能组件40还用于驱动第一操作盘32旋转;脱扣组件60固定连接至第一操作盘32,脱扣组件60包括第一状态和第二状态,在第一状态下,脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持,在第二状态下,脱扣组件60 与操作轴31解锁;解扣组件50用于在储能组件40储能完成时与储能组件40锁持,或者在分闸信号的控制下与储能组件40解锁并且驱动脱扣组件60从第一状态切换至第二状态,使得储能组件40释能,以驱动第一操作盘32旋转实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸。Please continue to refer to Fig. 5, the operating assembly 30 of the free tripping mechanism 1 includes an operating shaft 31 and a first operating plate 32 sleeved on the operating shaft 31; the energy storage assembly 40 is used for energy storage and energy release, and the energy storage assembly When 40 releases energy, the energy storage assembly 40 is also used to drive the first operating panel 32 to rotate; the tripping assembly 60 is fixedly connected to the first operating panel 32, and the tripping assembly 60 includes a first state and a second state. In the first state Next, the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31, and in the second state, the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked with the operating shaft 31; the tripping assembly 50 is used to lock the energy storage assembly 40 when the energy storage assembly 40 is completed. or under the control of the opening signal to unlock the energy storage assembly 40 and drive the tripping assembly 60 to switch from the first state to the second state, so that the energy storage assembly 40 releases energy to drive the first operation panel 32 to rotate to achieve freedom Opening of trip mechanism 1.
其中,第一操作盘32套设在操作轴31上,第一操作盘32可根据需要与操作轴31保持固定连接或者转动连接。在一实施方式中,自由脱扣机构1在自动分闸过程中时,第一操作盘32与操作轴31转动连接,即第一操作盘32可围绕操作轴31旋转;自由脱扣机构1在手动分闸和手动合闸过程中时,第一操作盘32与操作轴31固定连接,即第一操作盘32不能围绕操作轴31旋转,第一操作盘32与操作轴31可同时旋转。其中,第一操作盘32与操作轴31可通过其他部件间接地固定连接在一起。在本申请中可理解第一操作盘32旋转可用于实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸,当分闸时如果第一操作盘32不旋转,就无法实现自分闸。Wherein, the first operation plate 32 is sheathed on the operation shaft 31 , and the first operation plate 32 can be fixedly connected or rotatably connected with the operation shaft 31 as required. In one embodiment, when the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the automatic opening process, the first operation plate 32 is rotationally connected with the operation shaft 31, that is, the first operation plate 32 can rotate around the operation shaft 31; During manual opening and closing, the first operating panel 32 is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31 , that is, the first operating panel 32 cannot rotate around the operating shaft 31 , and the first operating panel 32 and the operating shaft 31 can rotate simultaneously. Wherein, the first operation plate 32 and the operation shaft 31 can be fixedly connected together indirectly through other components. In this application, it can be understood that the rotation of the first operating disk 32 can be used to realize the opening of the free trip mechanism 1 , and if the first operating disk 32 does not rotate when opening, self-opening cannot be realized.
在本实施方式中,操作轴31穿过外壳70且与旋钮101固定连接,通过旋钮101的转动来带动操作轴31旋转,通过旋钮101可以直观地了解操作轴31的转动方向,可以为使用者带来较佳的体验感。一般的,将旋钮101转动90°来区分分闸和合闸,例如初始位置为分闸状态时,旋钮101顺时针旋转90°可实现手动合闸,如初始位置为合闸状态,旋钮101逆时针旋转90°可实现手动分闸。在一些实施方式中,可将旋钮101转动其他角度来实现手动分闸和手动合闸。In this embodiment, the operating shaft 31 passes through the housing 70 and is fixedly connected to the knob 101. The rotation of the knob 101 drives the operating shaft 31 to rotate. The rotation direction of the operating shaft 31 can be intuitively understood through the knob 101, which can provide users with Bring a better sense of experience. Generally, turn the knob 101 by 90° to distinguish between opening and closing. For example, when the initial position is in the opening state, turn the knob 101 clockwise by 90° to achieve manual closing. If the initial position is in the closing state, turn the knob 101 counterclockwise. Rotate 90° to realize manual opening. In some embodiments, the knob 101 can be turned to other angles to realize manual opening and closing.
其中,储能组件40还具有初始状态,其中储能组件40的初始状态是指储能组件40没有受到外部作用力,也没有能量的状态。储能组件40用于储能,所述储能包括储能过程中的动态过程和当储能完成时的静态,储能组件40储能时是指储能组件40受到外部作用力而储备能量的过程,储能组件40储能完成时是指储能组件40完成储能后保持有能量的静止状态。储能组件40释能是指储能组件40释放所储备的能量的过程,当能量释放完毕后储能组件40回归初始状态,也就是说储能组件40的状态循环为:初始状态-储能-储能完成-释能-初始状态。其中,在释能时,储能组件40用于驱动第一操作盘32旋转,即储能组件40释放的能量转化为驱动第一操作盘32旋转的驱动力,以实现驱动第一操作盘32旋转。Wherein, the energy storage component 40 also has an initial state, wherein the initial state of the energy storage component 40 refers to a state where the energy storage component 40 is not subjected to external force and has no energy. The energy storage component 40 is used for energy storage, and the energy storage includes the dynamic process in the energy storage process and the static state when the energy storage is completed. When the energy storage component 40 stores energy, it means that the energy storage component 40 is subjected to an external force to store energy In the process, when the energy storage component 40 completes the energy storage, it means that the energy storage component 40 maintains a static state with energy after completing the energy storage. The energy release of the energy storage component 40 refers to the process in which the energy storage component 40 releases the stored energy. After the energy is released, the energy storage component 40 returns to the initial state, that is to say, the state cycle of the energy storage component 40 is: initial state-energy storage - energy storage complete - energy release - initial state. Wherein, when the energy is released, the energy storage assembly 40 is used to drive the first operation panel 32 to rotate, that is, the energy released by the energy storage assembly 40 is transformed into a driving force for driving the first operation panel 32 to rotate, so as to drive the first operation panel 32 rotate.
其中,脱扣组件60可实现与操作轴31锁持和解锁,锁持是指两者相对固定,解锁是指两者可各自活动。Wherein, the tripping assembly 60 can be locked and unlocked with the operating shaft 31 , the locked means that the two are relatively fixed, and the unlocked means that the two can move independently.
如前所述,在第一状态下,脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持,也就是说脱扣组件60与操作轴31保持固定,例如当操作轴31旋转时,脱扣组件60跟随操作轴31以相同角速度旋转。请参阅图6、图7a和图7b,图6是脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持的立体示意图,图7a是脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持的侧视图,图7b是图7a的A-A剖面图。在图6所示的实施方式中,操作轴31与第二操作盘33固定连接,通过脱扣组件60中的脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33锁持,而使得脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持,在图6中虚线圆圈Y1圈出的位置为脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33锁持的位置,具体锁持的方式在下文中会阐述,在此处仅示出脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33能够保持锁持状态。As mentioned above, in the first state, the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31, that is to say, the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 remain fixed, for example, when the operating shaft 31 rotates, the tripping assembly 60 follows the operation. Shaft 31 rotates at the same angular velocity. Please refer to FIG. 6, FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b. FIG. 6 is a schematic perspective view of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31. FIG. 7a is a side view of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31. FIG. The A-A section diagram. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , the operating shaft 31 is fixedly connected to the second operating plate 33, and the tripping half shaft 61 in the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the second operating plate 33, so that the tripping assembly 60 and the second operating plate 33 are locked. The operation shaft 31 is locked. The position circled by the dotted circle Y1 in FIG. 6 is the position where the tripping half shaft 61 is locked with the second operation disk 33. The specific locking method will be explained below, and only shown here The tripping half shaft 61 and the second operation plate 33 can maintain a locked state.
如前所述,在第二状态下,脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁,脱扣组件60与操作轴31可各自活动,例如操作轴31保持固定,脱扣组件60可相对操作轴31旋转。请参阅图8、图9a、图9b、图9c和图9d,图8是脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁的立体示意图,图9a是脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁的侧视图,图9b是图9a的B-B剖面图,图9c和图9d是脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁后脱扣组件60相对操作轴31旋转的结构示意图。在图8所示的实施方式中,操作轴31与第二操作盘33固定连接,通过脱扣组件60中的脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33解锁,而使得脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁,在图8中虚线圆圈Y2圈出的位置为脱扣半轴61 与第二操作盘33解锁的位置,具体解锁的方式在下文中会阐述,在此处仅示出脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33能够保持解锁状态。As mentioned above, in the second state, the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked, and the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 can move independently, for example, the operating shaft 31 remains fixed, and the tripping assembly 60 can rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 . Please refer to Fig. 8, Fig. 9a, Fig. 9b, Fig. 9c and Fig. 9d, Fig. 8 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of unlocking the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31, Fig. 9a is a side view of unlocking the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31, Fig. 9b is a B-B cross-sectional view of FIG. 9a , and FIGS. 9c and 9d are structural schematic diagrams of the tripping assembly 60 rotating relative to the operating shaft 31 after the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked from the operating shaft 31 . In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , the operating shaft 31 is fixedly connected to the second operating plate 33 , and the tripping half shaft 61 in the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked from the second operating plate 33 , so that the tripping assembly 60 and the operating plate 33 are unlocked. The shaft 31 is unlocked. The position circled by the dotted circle Y2 in FIG. 8 is the position where the trip axle 61 and the second operation panel 33 are unlocked. The specific unlocking method will be explained below, and only the trip axle is shown here. 61 and the second operation panel 33 can maintain an unlocked state.
当旋钮101卡死而使得操作轴31卡死时,即操作轴31固定不动,如果脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持,此时脱扣组件60也保持固定不动,而与脱扣组件60固定连接的其他部件也保持固定不动;当旋钮101卡死而使得操作轴31卡死时,即操作轴31固定不动,如果脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁,此时,此时脱扣组件60可自由活动,例如可相对操作轴31旋转,而与脱扣组件60固定连接的其他部件也可相对操作轴31旋转。在本实施方式中,脱扣组件60通过脱扣半轴61实现与操作轴31锁持和解锁,在其他实施方式中,还可以通过磁力扣或者卡扣来实现,不限于脱扣半轴61。When the knob 101 is stuck and the operating shaft 31 is stuck, that is, the operating shaft 31 is fixed, if the tripping assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31, the tripping assembly 60 also remains fixed at this time, and the Other components fixedly connected to the assembly 60 also remain fixed; when the knob 101 is stuck and the operating shaft 31 is stuck, that is, the operating shaft 31 is fixed, and if the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked, at this time, the The time tripping assembly 60 can move freely, for example, can rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 , and other components fixedly connected to the tripping assembly 60 can also rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 . In this embodiment, the tripping assembly 60 is locked and unlocked with the operating shaft 31 through the tripping half shaft 61. In other embodiments, it can also be realized through a magnetic buckle or buckle, not limited to the tripping half shaft 61. .
请继续参阅图5,解扣组件50用于实现与储能组件40锁持和解锁,其中解扣组件50和储能组件40锁持是指储能组件40和解扣组件50保持相对固定,解扣组件50和储能组件40解锁是指储能组件40可相对解扣组件50自由旋转。请参阅图10和图11,图10是解扣组件50与储能组件40中的储能盘41锁持的立体结构示意图,图11是解扣组件50与储能组件40中的储能盘41解锁的立体结构示意图,在本实施方式中,解扣组件50通过解扣半轴51实现与储能组件40锁持和解锁,在其他实施方式中,还可以通过磁力扣或者卡扣来实现,不限于解扣半轴51。Please continue to refer to FIG. 5 , the tripping assembly 50 is used to realize locking and unlocking with the energy storage assembly 40, wherein the locking of the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 means that the energy storage assembly 40 and the tripping assembly 50 remain relatively fixed, and the unlocking The unlocking of the buckle assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 means that the energy storage assembly 40 can rotate freely relative to the trip assembly 50 . Please refer to FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 , FIG. 10 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the locking of the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage disk 41 in the energy storage assembly 40 , and FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage disk in the energy storage assembly 40 41. Schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of unlocking. In this embodiment, the tripping assembly 50 is locked and unlocked with the energy storage assembly 40 through the tripping half shaft 51. In other embodiments, it can also be realized by a magnetic buckle or buckle , is not limited to the trip axle shaft 51.
其中,分闸信号可通过电路板3中的控制单元(如图3所示)发出,结合图3和图5,在一实施方式中,电路板3中的控制单元发出分闸信号给解扣装置4,解扣装置4驱动解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁,同时,解扣组件50还驱动脱扣组件60从第一状态切换至第二状态,也就是说解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁、解扣组件50驱动脱扣组件60从第一状态切换至第二状态是同时发生或者在较短的间隔时间内相继发生。Wherein, the opening signal can be sent by the control unit in the circuit board 3 (as shown in Figure 3), in conjunction with Figure 3 and Figure 5, in one embodiment, the control unit in the circuit board 3 sends the opening signal to the device 4, the tripping device 4 drives the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 to unlock, and at the same time, the tripping assembly 50 also drives the tripping assembly 60 to switch from the first state to the second state, that is to say, the tripping assembly 50 and the storage The unlocking of the enabling component 40 and the driving of the tripping component 60 by the tripping component 50 to switch from the first state to the second state occur simultaneously or successively within a short interval.
请结合图10和图11,图10是自由脱扣机构1分闸前的初始状态的结构示意图,图10中解扣组件50与储能组件40锁持,图11是自由脱扣机构1分闸时的结构示意图,图11中解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁。当解扣组件50与储能组件40锁持时(如图10所示),脱扣组件60处于第一状态(如图6所示),即脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持;当解扣组件50在分闸信号的控制下与储能组件40解锁时(如图11所示),驱动脱扣组件60从第一状态切换至第二状态,脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁(如图8所示),而脱扣组件60固定连接至第一操作盘32,脱扣组件60和第一操作盘32可相对操作轴31同步旋转,此时当储能组件40释能时,储能组件40驱动第一操作盘32旋转时,储能组件40可带动脱扣组件60和第一操作盘32相对操作轴31同步旋转,也就是说操作轴31即使在卡死的情况下也不影响第一操作盘32旋转,而第一操作盘32旋转可实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸。Please combine Figure 10 and Figure 11. Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the initial state of the free trip mechanism 1 before opening. Schematic diagram of the structure of the brake, the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked in FIG. 11 . When the trip assembly 50 is locked with the energy storage assembly 40 (as shown in FIG. 10 ), the trip assembly 60 is in the first state (as shown in FIG. 6 ), that is, the trip assembly 60 is locked with the operating shaft 31; When the tripping assembly 50 is unlocked with the energy storage assembly 40 under the control of the opening signal (as shown in FIG. 11 ), the tripping assembly 60 is driven to switch from the first state to the second state, and the tripping assembly 60 is unlocked with the operating shaft 31 (as shown in Figure 8), and the tripping assembly 60 is fixedly connected to the first operating plate 32, the tripping assembly 60 and the first operating plate 32 can rotate synchronously relative to the operating shaft 31, when the energy storage assembly 40 releases energy , when the energy storage assembly 40 drives the first operation plate 32 to rotate, the energy storage assembly 40 can drive the tripping assembly 60 and the first operation plate 32 to rotate synchronously relative to the operation shaft 31, that is to say, even if the operation shaft 31 is stuck It also does not affect the rotation of the first operation panel 32 , and the rotation of the first operation panel 32 can realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 .
本申请提供的自由脱扣机构1可在操作轴31卡死或者旋钮101卡死时还能够实现分闸。The free release mechanism 1 provided in the present application can also realize opening when the operating shaft 31 is stuck or the knob 101 is stuck.
例如,当自由脱扣机构1应用在功率变换装置100中时(如图2所示),当操作轴31卡死且电路板3中发生电路短路时,此时电路板3中的控制单元301发出分闸信号给解扣装置4,解扣装置4驱动解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁,以实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸,进而可有效保护功率变换装置100。For example, when the free tripping mechanism 1 is applied in the power conversion device 100 (as shown in FIG. 2 ), when the operating shaft 31 is stuck and a short circuit occurs in the circuit board 3, the control unit 301 in the circuit board 3 will An opening signal is sent to the tripping device 4 , and the tripping device 4 drives the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 to unlock to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 , thereby effectively protecting the power conversion device 100 .
再例如,当自由脱扣机构1应用在电子设备中时,当操作轴31卡死且电气装置中的电路短路时,此时电路板3中的控制单元301发出分闸信号给解扣装置4,解扣装置4驱动解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁,以实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸,进而可有效保护电子设备。For another example, when the free tripping mechanism 1 is applied in electronic equipment, when the operating shaft 31 is stuck and the circuit in the electrical device is short-circuited, the control unit 301 in the circuit board 3 sends an opening signal to the tripping device 4 , the tripping device 4 drives the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 to unlock, so as to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1, thereby effectively protecting the electronic equipment.
假设在自由脱扣机构1中不设置脱扣组件60,在分闸时,通过解扣组件50和储能组件40配合用于实现第一操作盘32旋转,第一操作盘32与操作轴31一直保持固定连接,当电 子设备发生短路时,在分闸信号的控制下,解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁,如果操作轴31卡死无法旋转,即使储能组件40释能驱动第一操作盘32,第一操作盘32也无法旋转,也就无法实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸。而在本申请中自由脱扣机构1可在操作轴31卡死或者旋钮101卡死通过脱扣组件60还能够实现分闸。Assuming that the tripping assembly 60 is not provided in the free tripping mechanism 1, when the brake is opened, the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are used to realize the rotation of the first operating plate 32, and the first operating plate 32 and the operating shaft 31 Always maintain a fixed connection. When the electronic device is short-circuited, under the control of the opening signal, the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked. If the operating shaft 31 is stuck and cannot rotate, even if the energy storage assembly 40 releases energy to drive the first The operation panel 32 and the first operation panel 32 also cannot rotate, so the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 cannot be realized. However, in the present application, the free tripping mechanism 1 can realize opening through the tripping assembly 60 when the operating shaft 31 is stuck or the knob 101 is stuck.
在本申请中,通过第一操作盘32的旋转实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸,可理解为,第一操作盘32旋转可使第一操作盘32处于不同的位置,而不同位置可对应自由脱扣机构1的分闸状态和合闸状态。请继续参阅图5,在一实施方式中,第一操作盘32可通过驱动组件20实现与分闸卡扣14卡合或者与合闸卡扣12卡合,当第一操作盘32转动到与分闸卡扣14对应的位置时,驱动组件20与分闸卡扣14卡合,自由脱扣机构1为分闸状态,当第一操作盘32转动到与合闸卡扣12对应的位置时,驱动组件20与合闸卡扣12卡合,自由脱扣机构1为合闸状态。在此仅说明第一操作盘32旋转能够实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸,其中第一操作盘32通过驱动组件20、分闸卡扣14、合闸卡扣12实现自由脱扣机构1的合闸和分闸的具体过程在下文中会阐述。在一实施方式中,第一操作盘32还可通过其他部件来实现自由脱扣机构1的分闸。In this application, the opening of the free release mechanism 1 is realized by the rotation of the first operation plate 32. It can be understood that the rotation of the first operation plate 32 can make the first operation plate 32 be in different positions, and different positions can correspond to Open state and closed state of free tripping mechanism 1. Please continue to refer to FIG. 5 , in one embodiment, the first operating panel 32 can be engaged with the opening buckle 14 or the closing buckle 12 through the drive assembly 20 , when the first operating panel 32 rotates to the When the opening buckle 14 is at the corresponding position, the drive assembly 20 is engaged with the opening buckle 14, and the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the opening state. When the first operation panel 32 is rotated to the position corresponding to the closing buckle 12 , the driving assembly 20 engages with the closing buckle 12, and the free release mechanism 1 is in the closing state. It is only explained here that the rotation of the first operation panel 32 can realize the opening of the free trip mechanism 1, wherein the first operation panel 32 realizes the opening and closing of the free trip mechanism 1 through the drive assembly 20, the opening buckle 14, and the closing buckle 12. The specific process of closing and opening will be described below. In an embodiment, the first operation panel 32 can also realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 through other components.
请再次结合图6、图7a和图7b,图6是脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持的立体示意图,图7a是脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持的侧视图,图7b是图7a的A-A剖面图。在本实施方式中,脱扣组件60包括脱扣半轴61,操作组件30还包括第二操作盘33,第二操作盘33固定连接至操作轴31,脱扣半轴61与第一操作盘32转动连接,脱扣半轴61包括相对设置的第一锁持部611和第一缺口部612。其中,第二操作盘33固定连接至操作轴31,使得第二操作盘33与操作轴31在周向上保持固定连接,即第二操作盘33和操作轴31可同步旋转。在一具体实施方式中,第二操作盘33套设在操作轴31上而与操作轴31固定连接,可将操作轴31安装第二操作盘33的位置部分去除部分弧形表面,使得操作轴31与第二操作盘33安装的位置部分的横截面为矩形,如图7a中虚线框框出的部分J为横截面呈矩形的部分操作轴31,第二操作盘33套设在操作轴31中横截面为矩形的位置处,进而使得操作轴31旋转时可带动第二操作盘33旋转。在一些实施方式中,可通过卡扣、螺钉或者焊接等方式使第二操作盘33固定连接至操作轴31上。Please combine Fig. 6, Fig. 7a and Fig. 7b again, Fig. 6 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31, Fig. 7a is a side view of the locking of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31, and Fig. 7b is a diagram A-A section view of 7a. In this embodiment, the tripping assembly 60 includes a tripping semi-shaft 61, the operating assembly 30 further includes a second operating plate 33, the second operating plate 33 is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31, and the tripping semi-shaft 61 and the first operating plate 32 rotatably connected, the tripping half shaft 61 includes a first locking portion 611 and a first notch portion 612 that are oppositely arranged. Wherein, the second operation disk 33 is fixedly connected to the operation shaft 31 , so that the second operation disk 33 and the operation shaft 31 remain fixedly connected in the circumferential direction, that is, the second operation disk 33 and the operation shaft 31 can rotate synchronously. In a specific embodiment, the second operating disc 33 is sleeved on the operating shaft 31 and is fixedly connected with the operating shaft 31, and part of the arc-shaped surface can be partially removed from the position where the operating shaft 31 is installed with the second operating disc 33, so that the operating shaft 31 and the second operating panel 33 are installed with a rectangular cross-section, as shown in Figure 7a, where the part J framed by the dotted line is a part of the operating shaft 31 with a rectangular cross-section, and the second operating disc 33 is sleeved in the operating shaft 31 The position where the cross section is rectangular allows the second operating disk 33 to rotate when the operating shaft 31 rotates. In some implementations, the second operating plate 33 can be fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31 by buckling, screwing or welding.
其中,脱扣半轴61与第一操作盘32转动连接是指脱扣半轴61能够相对第一操作盘32围绕脱扣半轴61的轴向旋转,脱扣半轴61可直接与第一操作盘32转动连接,例如在第一操作盘32上设有通孔,脱扣半轴61穿设在该通孔中而能够相对第一操作盘32转动。脱扣半轴61还可间接与第一操作盘32转动连接,例如在第一操作盘32上固定有其他部件(例如操作固定盘),脱扣半轴61与其他部件转动连接而实现与第一操作盘32转动连接。Wherein, the rotatable connection between the tripping half shaft 61 and the first operation plate 32 means that the tripping half shaft 61 can rotate around the axial direction of the tripping half shaft 61 relative to the first operation plate 32, and the tripping half shaft 61 can be directly connected to the first operation plate 32. The operation panel 32 is connected in rotation. For example, a through hole is provided on the first operation panel 32 , and the tripping axle 61 is passed through the through hole so as to be able to rotate relative to the first operation panel 32 . The tripping semi-axis 61 can also be indirectly connected in rotation with the first operating plate 32, for example, other components (such as an operation fixed plate) are fixed on the first operating plate 32, and the tripping semi-axis 61 is rotatably connected with other components to realize the connection with the first operating plate 32. An operation panel 32 is rotatably connected.
请参阅图7c,图7c是脱扣组件60的结构示意图,脱扣半轴61整体呈柱形,例如可为圆柱形,圆柱形的脱扣半轴61有利于旋转。第一锁持部611和第一缺口部612相对设置,是指第一锁持部611和第一缺口部612沿脱扣半轴61的径向相对设置。在本实施方式中,在脱扣半轴61上设置“U”形凹槽,“U”形凹槽是指剖面呈U字形的凹槽,第一缺口部612包括该“U”形凹槽的内部空间和“U”形凹槽的内壁,当脱扣半轴61为圆柱形,“U”形凹槽的最大深度可与脱扣半轴61的半径的长度相等,即第一缺口部612沿径向R的尺寸可与脱扣半轴61的半径的长度相等,可将脱扣半轴61对应第一缺口部612的位置去除一半形成第一缺口部612,剩余的另外一半即为第一锁持部611。在一些实施方式中,第一缺口部612和第一锁持部611的尺寸和形状可根据需要来设置。Please refer to FIG. 7c . FIG. 7c is a schematic structural diagram of the tripping assembly 60 . The tripping half shaft 61 is cylindrical as a whole, for example, can be cylindrical. The cylindrical tripping half shaft 61 is conducive to rotation. The first locking portion 611 and the first notch portion 612 are disposed opposite to each other, which means that the first locking portion 611 and the first notch portion 612 are disposed opposite to each other along the radial direction of the tripping semi-axis 61 . In this embodiment, a "U"-shaped groove is provided on the tripping half shaft 61. The "U"-shaped groove refers to a groove with a U-shaped cross section. The first notch 612 includes the "U"-shaped groove The inner space of the inner space and the inner wall of the "U"-shaped groove, when the tripping half-shaft 61 is cylindrical, the maximum depth of the "U"-shaped groove can be equal to the length of the radius of the tripping half-shaft 61, that is, the first notch The size of 612 along the radial direction R can be equal to the length of the radius of the tripping half shaft 61, half of the position corresponding to the first notch 612 of the tripping half shaft 61 can be removed to form the first notch 612, and the remaining half is The first locking part 611 . In some embodiments, the size and shape of the first notch portion 612 and the first locking portion 611 can be set as required.
在第一状态下,第二操作盘33与第一锁持部611接触以与第一锁持部611锁持,进而将 脱扣组件60与操作轴31锁持。请再次结合图6和图7b,在本实施方式中,第二操作盘33包括圆盘331和位于圆盘331边缘的突出杆332,突出杆332与第一锁持部611接触而使得第二操作盘33与第一锁持部611接触,应当可以理解的是,脱扣半轴61与突出杆332的位置要匹配使得两者可接触。In the first state, the second operating plate 33 is in contact with the first locking portion 611 to be locked with the first locking portion 611 , thereby locking the trip assembly 60 with the operating shaft 31 . Please refer to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7b again. In this embodiment, the second operating panel 33 includes a disc 331 and a protruding rod 332 located on the edge of the disc 331. The protruding rod 332 contacts the first locking part 611 so that the second The operating disk 33 is in contact with the first locking portion 611 . It should be understood that the positions of the tripping shaft 61 and the protruding rod 332 should match so that the two can be in contact.
在一些实施方式中,第二操作盘33可为圆盘形,在圆盘形上设置缺位部333(如图7d所示),使得缺位部333的侧壁与第一锁持部611接触,以使第二操作盘33与第一锁持部611锁持。In some embodiments, the second operation plate 33 can be in the shape of a disk, and a missing portion 333 (as shown in FIG. contact, so that the second operation panel 33 is locked with the first locking portion 611 .
在其他实施方式中,第二操作盘33的形状、结构、尺寸可根据脱扣组件60的结构和尺寸来设置,以使得第二操作盘33与脱扣组件60可实现锁持和解锁。In other embodiments, the shape, structure, and size of the second operation panel 33 can be set according to the structure and size of the trip assembly 60 , so that the second operation panel 33 and the trip assembly 60 can be locked and unlocked.
请参阅图9c,在第二状态下,第二操作盘33位于第一缺口部612的内部空间且能够相对第一缺口部612旋转,以使脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33解锁,进而将脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁。在本实施方式中,第二操作盘33中的突出杆332位于第一缺口部612的内部空间,使得突出杆332与脱扣半轴61的实体部分没有接触,进而使得第二操作盘33可相对脱扣半轴61旋转,而实现脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33解锁。请结合图7b和图9b,图9b相较于图7b,脱扣半轴61环绕脱扣半轴61的轴向沿顺时针S方向旋转一定角度,使得第一缺口部612与突出杆332相对,此时脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33(或者操作轴31)处于解锁的初始位置,可以理解,当第一操作盘32和脱扣半轴61围绕操作轴31沿逆时针N方向旋转时,突出杆332会滑入第一缺口部612中(如图9c和图9d所示),脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33(或者操作轴31)解锁,即脱扣半轴61可相对操作轴31自由活动。Please refer to FIG. 9c, in the second state, the second operating panel 33 is located in the inner space of the first notch 612 and can rotate relative to the first notch 612, so that the trip axle 61 and the second operating panel 33 are unlocked, Then the trip assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked. In this embodiment, the protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 is located in the inner space of the first notch 612, so that the protruding rod 332 does not contact the solid part of the tripping shaft 61, so that the second operating disc 33 can Rotate relative to the tripping half shaft 61 to realize the unlocking of the tripping half shaft 61 and the second operation panel 33 . Please combine Fig. 7b and Fig. 9b. Compared with Fig. 7b in Fig. 9b, the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 by a certain angle in the clockwise S direction, so that the first notch 612 is opposite to the protruding rod 332 At this time, the tripping semi-shaft 61 and the second operation plate 33 (or the operating shaft 31) are in the unlocked initial position. When rotating, the protruding rod 332 will slide into the first notch 612 (as shown in Figure 9c and Figure 9d), and the tripping semi-axis 61 is unlocked with the second operation panel 33 (or operating shaft 31), that is, the tripping semi-axis 61 can move freely relative to the operating shaft 31.
解扣组件50用于在分闸信号的控制下驱动脱扣半轴61旋转,以使脱扣组件60从第一状态切换至第二状态。当电子设备发生短路时发出分闸信号,解扣组件50驱动脱扣半轴61旋转,使得脱扣组件60与第二操作盘33解锁,进而将脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁,实现分闸。在本实施方式中,脱扣半轴61环绕脱扣半轴61的轴向顺时针S旋转实现与操作轴31解锁,脱扣半轴61环绕脱扣半轴61的轴向逆时针N旋转实现与操作轴31锁持。在一些实施方式中,脱扣半轴61环绕脱扣半轴61的轴向逆时针N旋转实现与操作轴31解锁,脱扣半轴61环绕脱扣半轴61的轴向顺时针S旋转实现与操作轴31锁持。The tripping assembly 50 is used to drive the tripping shaft 61 to rotate under the control of the opening signal, so as to switch the tripping assembly 60 from the first state to the second state. When a short circuit occurs in the electronic device, an opening signal is sent, and the tripping assembly 50 drives the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate, so that the tripping assembly 60 and the second operation panel 33 are unlocked, and then the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked to realize the separation. brake. In this embodiment, the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates clockwise S around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 to realize unlocking with the operating shaft 31, and the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates counterclockwise N around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 to achieve Locked with the operating shaft 31. In some embodiments, the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates anticlockwise N around the axial direction of the tripping semi-shaft 61 to realize unlocking from the operating shaft 31, and the tripping semi-shaft 61 rotates clockwise S around the tripping semi-shaft 61 to achieve Locked with the operating shaft 31.
在本实施方式中,通过脱扣半轴61和第二操作盘33来实现脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁和锁持,仅需要旋转脱扣半轴61就可实现,使得操作简单。在其他实施方式中,脱扣组件60还可为磁力扣或者卡扣,通过磁力扣或者卡扣来实现与操作轴31解锁和锁持,不限于脱扣半轴61。In this embodiment, the unlocking and locking of the trip assembly 60 and the operation shaft 31 are realized through the trip semi-shaft 61 and the second operation plate 33 , which can be realized only by rotating the trip semi-shaft 61 , which makes the operation simple. In other embodiments, the tripping assembly 60 can also be a magnetic buckle or buckle, which can be used to unlock and lock the operating shaft 31 , not limited to the tripping half shaft 61 .
请结合图12a和图12b,图12a是在图6的基础上增加操作固定盘34,图12b是图12a的侧视图,在本实施方式中,操作组件30还包括操作固定盘34,操作固定盘34固定在第一操作盘32上,脱扣半轴61转动连接在操作固定盘34上而与第一操作盘32转动连接,脱扣组件60还包括脱扣驱动件62,脱扣驱动件62与脱扣半轴61固定连接,解扣组件50用于驱动脱扣驱动件62旋转时,脱扣驱动件62用于带动脱扣半轴61旋转,使得第二操作盘33位于第一缺口部612的内部空间且能够相对第一缺口部612旋转,以使脱扣组件60与第二操作盘33解锁。其中,脱扣半轴61穿设在操作固定盘34中且能够相对操作固定盘34围绕脱扣半轴61的轴向旋转。在本实施方式中,脱扣驱动件62呈弧形状,当解扣组件50用于驱动脱扣驱动件62顺时针旋转时,脱扣驱动件62用于带动脱扣半轴61顺时针旋转。其中脱扣驱动件62的弧形长度或者形状可根据解扣组件50来设置,以使得解扣组件50可驱动脱扣组件60来旋转。Please combine Fig. 12a and Fig. 12b, Fig. 12a is to increase the operation fixed disk 34 on the basis of Fig. 6, Fig. 12b is the side view of Fig. The disc 34 is fixed on the first operating disc 32, and the tripping half shaft 61 is rotatably connected to the operating fixed disc 34 and is rotatably connected to the first operating disc 32. The tripping assembly 60 also includes a tripping driver 62, and the tripping driver 62 is fixedly connected with the trip half shaft 61, and when the trip assembly 50 is used to drive the trip driver 62 to rotate, the trip driver 62 is used to drive the trip half shaft 61 to rotate, so that the second operation panel 33 is located in the first gap The inner space of the portion 612 can be rotated relative to the first notch portion 612 to unlock the trip assembly 60 and the second operation panel 33 . Wherein, the trip semi-shaft 61 is passed through the operation fixed disk 34 and can rotate around the axial direction of the trip semi-shaft 61 relative to the operation fixed disk 34 . In this embodiment, the tripping driver 62 is in an arc shape, and when the tripping assembly 50 is used to drive the tripping driver 62 to rotate clockwise, the tripping driver 62 is used to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate clockwise. The arc length or shape of the trip driving member 62 can be set according to the trip assembly 50, so that the trip assembly 50 can drive the trip assembly 60 to rotate.
请结合图12a和图12b,在本实施方式中,操作固定盘34包括第一固定部341和第二固定部342,第一固定部341的一端固定在第一操作盘32上,第一固定部341的另一端与第二固定部342连接,第二固定部342大致与第一操作盘32平行,脱扣半轴61穿设在第二固定部342上且与第二固定部342转动连接。其中第二操作盘33的突出杆332位于第一固定部341和脱扣半轴61之间,在手动分闸时,第二操作盘33和操作轴31逆时针旋转时,突出杆332可通过推动第一固定部341来带动第二操作盘33、脱扣组件60和第一操作盘32逆时针旋转。Please refer to Fig. 12a and Fig. 12b, in this embodiment, the operation fixed plate 34 includes a first fixed part 341 and a second fixed part 342, one end of the first fixed part 341 is fixed on the first operation plate 32, the first fixed part 341 The other end of the part 341 is connected to the second fixed part 342, the second fixed part 342 is roughly parallel to the first operation panel 32, and the release half shaft 61 is passed through the second fixed part 342 and is rotatably connected with the second fixed part 342 . The protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 is located between the first fixing part 341 and the tripping half shaft 61. When the second operating disc 33 and the operating shaft 31 rotate counterclockwise during manual opening, the protruding rod 332 can pass through Pushing the first fixing part 341 drives the second operation plate 33 , the tripping assembly 60 and the first operation plate 32 to rotate counterclockwise.
在一实施方式中,操作固定盘34还包括第三固定部343,第三固定部343固定在第一操作盘32上且与第一固定部341同侧设置,第二固定部342的两端分别与第一固定部341和第二固定部342连接,第一固定部341和第三固定部343之间具有一定距离,使得第二操作盘33能够在第一固定部341和第三固定部343之间旋转,第三固定部343和第一固定部341可使操作固定盘34稳定的连接在第一操作盘32上,第二固定部342不仅可用于与脱扣半轴61转动连接,还可与第一固定部341、第三固定部343、第一操作盘32围设呈限位空间(图未示出),用于限位第二操作盘33的突出杆332,使得突出杆332可在限位空间内移动,提高脱扣组件60和操作轴31锁持和解锁的精度,且更利于操作。在其他实施方式中,也可以不设置第三固定部343。In one embodiment, the operation fixed plate 34 further includes a third fixed portion 343, the third fixed portion 343 is fixed on the first operation plate 32 and is arranged on the same side as the first fixed portion 341, and the two ends of the second fixed portion 342 Respectively connected to the first fixing part 341 and the second fixing part 342, there is a certain distance between the first fixing part 341 and the third fixing part 343, so that the second operation panel 33 can be positioned between the first fixing part 341 and the third fixing part 343, the third fixing part 343 and the first fixing part 341 can make the operating fixed plate 34 be stably connected to the first operating plate 32, and the second fixing part 342 can not only be used to rotate and connect with the tripping half shaft 61, The first fixing part 341, the third fixing part 343, and the first operating panel 32 can also be surrounded by a limiting space (not shown), which is used to limit the protruding rod 332 of the second operating disc 33, so that the protruding rod 332 can move in the limited space, which improves the locking and unlocking precision of the trip assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31, and is more convenient for operation. In other embodiments, the third fixing portion 343 may not be provided.
请结合图13和图14,图13是自由脱扣机构1分闸前的俯视图,其中储能组件40与解扣组件50锁持,图14是自由脱扣机构1分闸过程中的俯视图,其中储能组件40与解扣组件50锁持。在本实施方式中,脱扣组件60还包括脱扣扭簧63,脱扣扭簧63套设在脱扣半轴61上,脱扣扭簧63用于在解扣组件50驱动脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33解锁的过程中蓄能,脱扣扭簧63还用于在解扣组件50对脱扣半轴61的驱动力解除时,驱动脱扣半轴61旋转,以使第一锁持部611复位。Please combine Figure 13 and Figure 14, Figure 13 is a top view of the free trip mechanism 1 before opening, wherein the energy storage component 40 is locked with the trip assembly 50, and Figure 14 is a top view of the free trip mechanism 1 during the opening process, Wherein the energy storage component 40 is locked with the trip component 50 . In this embodiment, the tripping assembly 60 further includes a tripping torsion spring 63 , the tripping torsion spring 63 is sheathed on the tripping shaft 61 , and the tripping torsion spring 63 is used to drive the tripping shaft in the tripping assembly 50 61 is stored in the process of unlocking the second operation panel 33, and the tripping torsion spring 63 is also used to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate when the driving force of the tripping assembly 50 on the tripping half shaft 61 is released, so that the first A locking part 611 is reset.
请再次参阅图7b,当脱扣半轴61的初始状态为与第二操作盘33锁持时,第二操作盘33的突出杆332位于脱扣半轴61的左侧且与第一锁持部611接触;请结合图9b、图9c和图9d,当解扣组件50在分闸信号的控制下驱动脱扣半轴61顺时针S旋转,第二操作盘33位于第一缺口部612的内部空间并与脱扣半轴61解锁,第二操作盘33的突出杆332与第一缺口部612的内壁接触但可以相对第一缺口部612滑动;请参阅图9e,当脱扣半轴61与第一操作盘32相对第二操作盘33逆时针旋转一定角度后,使得第二操作盘33的突出杆332滑出第一缺口部612的内部空间而位于第一锁持部611的右边,同时脱扣扭簧63释能,使得位于突出杆332左侧的脱扣半轴61逆时针N旋转,进而使得脱扣半轴61复位到与第二操作盘33锁持时的初始位置;请参阅图9f,如需将第二操作盘33的突出杆332复位到脱扣半轴61的左侧,需要逆时针转动旋钮101,并通过操作轴31带动第二操作盘33通过第一缺口部612滑动到第一锁持部611的左侧,以使脱扣半轴61复位到第二操作盘33锁持时的状态。Please refer to Fig. 7b again, when the initial state of the tripping half shaft 61 is locked with the second operation plate 33, the protruding rod 332 of the second operation plate 33 is located on the left side of the tripping half shaft 61 and locked with the first Part 611 is in contact; please refer to Fig. 9b, Fig. 9c and Fig. 9d, when the tripping assembly 50 drives the tripping shaft 61 to rotate clockwise S under the control of the opening signal, the second operation panel 33 is located in the first notch 612 The inner space is unlocked with the trip semi-shaft 61, and the protruding rod 332 of the second operation panel 33 is in contact with the inner wall of the first notch 612 but can slide relative to the first notch 612; see FIG. 9e, when the trip semi-shaft 61 After the first operating panel 32 is rotated counterclockwise by a certain angle relative to the second operating panel 33, the protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 slides out of the inner space of the first notch 612 and is located on the right side of the first locking part 611, At the same time, the tripping torsion spring 63 releases energy, so that the tripping half shaft 61 on the left side of the protruding rod 332 rotates counterclockwise N, and then the tripping half shaft 61 is reset to the initial position when it is locked with the second operation panel 33; Referring to Fig. 9f, if the protruding lever 332 of the second operation panel 33 needs to be reset to the left side of the trip axle 61, the knob 101 needs to be turned counterclockwise, and the second operation panel 33 is driven through the first notch by the operation shaft 31 612 slides to the left side of the first locking part 611, so that the tripping half shaft 61 is reset to the state when the second operation panel 33 is locked.
请参阅图15,图15是图13中M部分的局部放大图,在本实施方式中,脱扣扭簧63包括第一扭臂631和第二扭臂632,第一扭臂631与操作固定盘34连接,第二扭臂632与脱扣驱动件62连接,解扣组件50用于驱动脱扣驱动件62沿第一方向旋转带动第二扭臂632沿第一方向旋转,使得脱扣扭簧63蓄能,当解扣组件50对脱扣驱动件62的驱动力解除时,脱扣扭簧63通过第二扭臂632驱动脱扣半轴61沿第二方向旋转,以使第一锁持部611复位,第二方向和第一方向相反。在本实施方式中,第一方向为顺时针方向S,第二方向为逆时针方向N。在一实施方式中,第一方向为逆时针方向N,第二方向为顺时针方向S。其中,脱扣扭簧63还包括脱扣扭簧主体633,脱扣扭簧主体633套设在脱扣半轴61远离第一操作盘32的一 端,第一扭臂631与操作固定盘34连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接,其中脱扣半轴61套设脱扣扭簧主体633的位置处的半径与脱扣半轴61中第一锁持部611和第一缺口板612的半径可不相等(如图7c所示)。Please refer to Figure 15, Figure 15 is a partial enlarged view of part M in Figure 13, in this embodiment, the tripping torsion spring 63 includes a first torsion arm 631 and a second torsion arm 632, the first torsion arm 631 is fixed to the operation The disc 34 is connected, the second torsion arm 632 is connected with the trip driver 62, and the trip assembly 50 is used to drive the trip driver 62 to rotate in the first direction and drive the second torsion arm 632 to rotate in the first direction, so that the trip torsion The spring 63 stores energy. When the driving force of the tripping driver 62 from the tripping assembly 50 is released, the tripping torsion spring 63 drives the tripping axle 61 to rotate in the second direction through the second torsion arm 632, so that the first lock The holding part 611 is reset, and the second direction is opposite to the first direction. In this embodiment, the first direction is a clockwise direction S, and the second direction is a counterclockwise direction N. In one embodiment, the first direction is a counterclockwise direction N, and the second direction is a clockwise direction S. Wherein, the tripping torsion spring 63 also includes a tripping torsion spring main body 633, the tripping torsion spring main body 633 is sleeved on the end of the tripping axle 61 away from the first operation plate 32, and the first torsion arm 631 is connected with the operation fixed plate 34 The methods include but are not limited to resisting, fixed connection, and clamping, wherein the radius of the position where the tripping half shaft 61 is sleeved with the tripping torsion spring body 633 is the same as the first locking part 611 and the first locking part 611 of the tripping half shaft 61. The radii of the notched plates 612 may be unequal (as shown in Figure 7c).
请结合图15和图12b,在本实施方式中,操作固定盘34还包括第一固定支部344,第一固定支部344位于第二固定部342远离第一操作盘32的一侧,第一固定支部344用于连接第一扭臂631,其中第一固定支部344可设置成凹槽状,第一扭臂631位于第一固定支部344的凹槽内。Please refer to FIG. 15 and FIG. 12b. In this embodiment, the operation fixed plate 34 further includes a first fixed branch 344, and the first fixed branch 344 is located on the side of the second fixed portion 342 away from the first operation plate 32. The first fixed The branch 344 is used to connect the first torsion arm 631 , wherein the first fixed branch 344 can be configured as a groove, and the first torsion arm 631 is located in the groove of the first fixed branch 344 .
其中,第二扭臂632与脱扣驱动件62连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接。在本实施方式中,脱扣扭簧63通过压缩蓄能,即第一扭臂631和第二扭臂632之间的距离越近,所储备的能量越大。在其他实施方式中,脱扣扭簧63通过拉伸蓄能,即第一扭臂631和第二扭臂632之间的距离越远,所储备的能量越大,当脱扣扭簧63通过拉伸蓄能时,解扣组件50与脱扣组件60的作动关系以及结构关系也将适应改变,以使得解扣组件50能够驱动脱扣组件60实现与操作轴31解锁和锁持。Wherein, the connection manners of the second torsion arm 632 and the tripping driver 62 include but not limited to abutting, fixed connection, and clamping. In this embodiment, the release torsion spring 63 stores energy through compression, that is, the closer the distance between the first torsion arm 631 and the second torsion arm 632 is, the greater the stored energy is. In other embodiments, the release torsion spring 63 stores energy by stretching, that is, the farther the distance between the first torsion arm 631 and the second torsion arm 632 is, the greater the stored energy is. When the release torsion spring 63 passes through When stretching and storing energy, the actuation relationship and structural relationship between the tripping assembly 50 and the tripping assembly 60 will also adapt to changes, so that the tripping assembly 50 can drive the tripping assembly 60 to realize unlocking and locking with the operating shaft 31 .
在上述实施方式中,通过脱扣扭簧63来实现脱扣半轴61复位和旋转,结构简单,且便于操作。在其他实施方式中,还可以通过其他弹性体来替换脱扣扭簧63,或者采用其他驱动部件来驱动脱扣半轴61复位和旋转,不限于脱扣扭簧63。In the above embodiments, the reset and rotation of the trip axle shaft 61 is realized by the trip torsion spring 63 , which has a simple structure and is easy to operate. In other embodiments, the tripping torsion spring 63 may be replaced by other elastic bodies, or other driving components may be used to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to reset and rotate, not limited to the tripping torsion spring 63 .
请结合图16和图17,图16是图10中P部分的局部放大图,图17是图11中Q部分的局部放大图,在一种可能的实现方式中,解扣组件50包括固定连接的解扣半轴51和解扣驱动件52,解扣半轴51包括相对设置的第二锁持部511和第二缺口部512。Please combine Figure 16 and Figure 17, Figure 16 is a partial enlarged view of part P in Figure 10, and Figure 17 is a partial enlarged view of part Q in Figure 11, in a possible implementation, the trip assembly 50 includes a fixed connection The trip semi-shaft 51 and the trip driving member 52, the trip semi-shaft 51 includes a second locking portion 511 and a second notch portion 512 oppositely disposed.
请结合图5,在一实施方式中,解扣组件50还包括解扣底板54,解扣底板54套设在操作轴31上,且操作轴31能够相对解扣底板54旋转,解扣底板54与外壳70固定连接,解扣半轴51转动连接在解扣底板54上。在其他实施方式中,还可将解扣半轴51转动连接在外壳70上,或者转动连接在底座11,只能能够实现解扣半轴51可旋转。Please refer to FIG. 5 , in one embodiment, the tripping assembly 50 further includes a tripping bottom plate 54 , the tripping bottom plate 54 is sleeved on the operating shaft 31 , and the operating shaft 31 can rotate relative to the tripping bottom plate 54 , and the tripping bottom plate 54 It is fixedly connected with the housing 70 , and the trip half shaft 51 is rotatably connected to the trip bottom plate 54 . In other embodiments, the trip half shaft 51 can also be rotatably connected to the housing 70 , or rotatably connected to the base 11 , only the trip half shaft 51 can be rotatable.
请再次结合图16和图17,解扣半轴51整体呈柱形,例如可为圆柱形,圆柱形的解扣半轴51有利于旋转。第二锁持部511和第二缺口部512相对设置,是指第二锁持部511和第二缺口部512沿解扣半轴51的径向相对设置,在解扣半轴51上设置“U”形凹槽,第二缺口部512包括该“U”形凹槽的内部空间和“U”形凹槽的内壁,当解扣半轴51为圆柱形,“U”形凹槽的最大深度可与解扣半轴51的半径的长度相等,即第二缺口部512沿径向的尺寸可与解扣半轴51的半径的长度相等,可将解扣半轴51对应第二缺口部512的位置去除一半形成第二缺口部512,剩余的另外一半即为第二锁持部511。在一些实施方式中,第二缺口部512和第二锁持部511的尺寸和形状可根据需要来设置。Please refer to FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 again. The trip semi-axis 51 is cylindrical as a whole, for example, it may be cylindrical, and the cylindrical trip semi-axis 51 is conducive to rotation. The second locking part 511 and the second notch part 512 are arranged opposite to each other, which means that the second locking part 511 and the second notch part 512 are arranged opposite to each other along the radial direction of the trip semi-axis 51, and " U"-shaped groove, the second notch 512 includes the inner space of the "U"-shaped groove and the inner wall of the "U"-shaped groove. When the half-shaft 51 is cylindrical, the maximum The depth can be equal to the length of the radius of the trip semi-axis 51, that is, the size of the second notch 512 in the radial direction can be equal to the length of the radius of the trip semi-axis 51, and the trip semi-axis 51 can be corresponding to the second notch. Half of the position of 512 is removed to form the second notch 512 , and the remaining half is the second locking portion 511 . In some embodiments, the size and shape of the second notch portion 512 and the second locking portion 511 can be set as required.
请参阅图16,第二锁持部511用于在储能组件40储能完成时,与储能组件40锁持,以使解扣组件50与储能组件40锁持;其中第二锁持部511与储能组件40锁持的方式不限,可通过第二锁持部511与储能组件40抵接、卡合等方式。在本实施方式中,第二锁持部511与储能组件40接触以使两者锁持。Please refer to Fig. 16, the second locking part 511 is used to lock the energy storage component 40 when the energy storage component 40 is completed, so that the tripping component 50 is locked with the energy storage component 40; wherein the second locking The locking method of the portion 511 and the energy storage assembly 40 is not limited, and the second locking portion 511 can contact or engage with the energy storage assembly 40 . In this embodiment, the second locking portion 511 is in contact with the energy storage assembly 40 to lock the two.
请参阅图17,当解扣驱动件52用于在接收到分闸信号时,并在分闸信号的控制下,解扣驱动件52逆时针N旋转,带动解扣半轴51围绕解扣半轴51的轴向旋转,以使储能组件40中的部分位于第二缺口部512的内部空间,实现解扣半轴51与储能组件40解锁,使得储能组件40释能。其中解扣驱动件52可通过前文所述的解扣装置4中的解扣推杆401驱动实现旋转(如图3所示)。Please refer to Fig. 17, when the trip driving part 52 is used to receive the opening signal and under the control of the opening signal, the trip driving part 52 rotates counterclockwise N, driving the trip half shaft 51 around the trip half The axial rotation of the shaft 51 makes the part of the energy storage assembly 40 located in the inner space of the second notch 512 , realizing unlocking of the trip half shaft 51 and the energy storage assembly 40 , so that the energy storage assembly 40 is released. The trip driving member 52 can be driven to rotate by the trip push rod 401 in the trip device 4 described above (as shown in FIG. 3 ).
请再次参阅图13,在本实施方式中,解扣驱动件52包括相互连接的第一解扣杆521和 第二解扣杆522,第一解扣杆521用于在分闸信号控制下旋转,驱动解扣半轴51旋转,以实现解扣半轴51与储能组件40解锁;第一解扣杆521还用于驱动第二解扣杆522旋转,第二解扣杆522旋转以实现脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁。Please refer to FIG. 13 again. In this embodiment, the trip driver 52 includes a first trip lever 521 and a second trip lever 522 connected to each other. The first trip lever 521 is used to rotate under the control of the opening signal. , drive the trip semi-shaft 51 to rotate to realize the unlocking of the trip semi-shaft 51 and the energy storage assembly 40; the first trip lever 521 is also used to drive the second trip lever 522 to rotate, and the second trip lever 522 rotates to realize The trip assembly 60 is unlocked from the operating shaft 31 .
请结合图3和图13,在一具体的实施方式中,当自由脱扣机构1应用在前文所述的电子设备中时,当电气装置中的电路板3发出分闸信号时,解扣装置4中的解扣推杆401推动第一解扣杆521,驱动解扣半轴51逆时针N旋转。由于第二解扣杆522与解扣半轴51固定连接,解扣半轴51逆时针N旋转时驱动第二解扣杆522逆时针N旋转,其中脱扣组件60中的脱扣驱动件62一端与脱扣半轴61连接,脱扣驱动件62的另一端向第二解扣杆522延伸,也就是说第二解扣杆522与脱扣驱动件62的端部相对且第二解扣杆522位于脱扣驱动件62远离操作轴31的外侧,当第二解扣杆522逆时针N旋转时,第二解扣杆522挤压脱扣驱动件62顺时针S旋转,脱扣驱动件62顺时针S旋转带动脱扣半轴61顺时针S旋转,以使脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁。Please refer to Fig. 3 and Fig. 13, in a specific embodiment, when the free tripping mechanism 1 is applied in the electronic equipment mentioned above, when the circuit board 3 in the electrical device sends an opening signal, the tripping device The trip push rod 401 in 4 pushes the first trip lever 521 to drive the trip shaft 51 to rotate counterclockwise N. Since the second trip lever 522 is fixedly connected to the trip axle 51, when the trip axle 51 rotates counterclockwise N, it drives the second trip lever 522 to rotate counterclockwise N, wherein the trip driver 62 in the trip assembly 60 One end is connected to the trip half shaft 61, and the other end of the trip driver 62 extends toward the second trip lever 522, that is to say, the second trip lever 522 is opposite to the end of the trip driver 62 and the second trip The lever 522 is located on the outside of the trip driver 62 away from the operating shaft 31. When the second trip lever 522 rotates counterclockwise N, the second trip lever 522 presses the trip driver 62 to rotate clockwise S, and the trip driver 62 rotates clockwise S to drive the tripping half shaft 61 to rotate clockwise S, so that the tripping assembly 60 and the operating shaft 31 are unlocked.
在本实施方式中,将脱扣驱动件62大致呈弧形状,且第二解扣杆522呈与脱扣驱动件62适配的弧形状,有利于第二解扣杆522推动脱扣驱动件62旋转。In this embodiment, the trip driver 62 is roughly in an arc shape, and the second trip lever 522 is in an arc shape adapted to the trip driver 62, which is beneficial for the second trip lever 522 to push the trip driver. 62 spins.
应当可以理解的是,第二解扣杆522和脱扣驱动件62的尺寸、形状和距离等可根据脱扣半轴61的半径、第一缺口部612、第一锁持部611的尺寸和形状结构来设置,以使得当第一解扣杆521在分闸信号控制下旋转时,可实现脱扣组件60与操作轴31解锁。It should be understood that the size, shape and distance of the second trip lever 522 and the trip driver 62 can be determined according to the radius of the trip half shaft 61, the size of the first notch 612, the first locking part 611 and The shape structure is set so that when the first trip lever 521 rotates under the control of the opening signal, the trip assembly 60 and the operation shaft 31 can be unlocked.
请参阅图18,图18为图13中的局部放大图,在本实施方式中,解扣组件50还包括解扣扭簧53,解扣扭簧53套设在解扣半轴51上;在储能组件40储能完成时,解扣扭簧53用于释能并驱动第二锁持部511与储能组件40锁持;当解扣驱动件52用于在分闸信号的控制下驱动解扣半轴51逆时针旋转时,解扣扭簧53还用于蓄能。其中,解扣扭簧53可预先被压缩蓄能,当在手动合闸过程中,储能组件40进行储能,储能组件40的部分位于第二缺口部512中并抵接第二缺口部512的内壁,储能组件40旋转时抵接第二缺口部512的内壁,使得解扣扭簧53一直保持蓄能完成的静态,当储能组件40完成蓄能时,解扣扭簧53释能并驱动第二锁持部511与储能组件40锁持。Please refer to FIG. 18. FIG. 18 is a partial enlarged view of FIG. 13. In this embodiment, the tripping assembly 50 further includes a tripping torsion spring 53, and the tripping torsion spring 53 is sleeved on the tripping half shaft 51; When the energy storage component 40 is stored, the trip torsion spring 53 is used to release the energy and drive the second locking part 511 to lock with the energy storage component 40; when the trip driver 52 is used to drive under the control of the opening signal When the trip half shaft 51 rotates counterclockwise, the trip torsion spring 53 is also used for energy storage. Wherein, the tripping torsion spring 53 can be pre-compressed to store energy. During the manual closing process, the energy storage assembly 40 stores energy, and a part of the energy storage assembly 40 is located in the second notch 512 and abuts against the second notch. 512, when the energy storage assembly 40 rotates, it abuts against the inner wall of the second notch 512, so that the tripping torsion spring 53 keeps the static state of energy storage. When the energy storage assembly 40 completes the energy storage, the tripping torsion spring 53 is released. The second locking part 511 can be driven to lock with the energy storage assembly 40 .
在一些实施方式中,第一解扣杆521被合闸信号控制旋转,使得解扣半轴51与储能盘41锁持,其中合闸信号可通过控制单元301发出。In some embodiments, the first trip lever 521 is controlled to rotate by the switch-on signal, so that the trip shaft 51 is locked with the energy storage disc 41 , wherein the switch-on signal can be sent by the control unit 301 .
请继续参阅图18,在本实施方式中,解扣扭簧53包括第九扭臂531、第十扭臂532和解扣扭簧主体533,解扣扭簧主体533套设在解扣半轴51上,第九扭臂531与第四固定杆114连接,第十扭臂532与解扣半轴51上的第二固定支部513连接。第九扭臂531和第十扭臂532向靠近对方的方向压缩以对解扣扭簧53蓄能。Please continue to refer to FIG. 18 , in this embodiment, the tripping torsion spring 53 includes a ninth torsion arm 531 , a tenth torsion arm 532 and a tripping torsion spring body 533 , and the tripping torsion spring body 533 is sheathed on the tripping shaft 51 Above, the ninth torsion arm 531 is connected to the fourth fixed rod 114 , and the tenth torsion arm 532 is connected to the second fixed branch 513 on the trip axle 51 . The ninth torsion arm 531 and the tenth torsion arm 532 are compressed toward each other to store energy for the tripping torsion spring 53 .
在一些实施方式中,第九扭臂531和第十扭臂532交叉设置,第九扭臂531和第十扭臂532向远离对方的方向拉伸以对解扣扭簧53蓄能。In some embodiments, the ninth torsion arm 531 and the tenth torsion arm 532 are intersected, and the ninth torsion arm 531 and the tenth torsion arm 532 are stretched away from each other to store energy for the tripping torsion spring 53 .
请再次结合图5和图11,图11是自由脱扣机构1分闸时的结构示意图,图11中解扣组件50与储能组件40解锁。在一实施方式中,储能组件40包括套设在操作轴31上的储能盘41和储能扭簧42(如图5所示),当储能组件40释能时(如图11所示),储能盘41与第一操作盘32接触,储能扭簧42用于驱动储能盘41旋转,储能盘41用于带动第一操作盘32旋转。通过第一操作盘32旋转实现自由脱扣机构的分闸。Please combine FIG. 5 and FIG. 11 again. FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of the free tripping mechanism 1 when it is switched off. In FIG. 11 , the tripping assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked. In one embodiment, the energy storage assembly 40 includes an energy storage disc 41 and an energy storage torsion spring 42 (as shown in FIG. 5 ) sleeved on the operating shaft 31. When the energy storage assembly 40 is released (as shown in FIG. As shown), the energy storage disk 41 is in contact with the first operation disk 32, the energy storage torsion spring 42 is used to drive the energy storage disk 41 to rotate, and the energy storage disk 41 is used to drive the first operation disk 32 to rotate. The opening of the free tripping mechanism is realized by the rotation of the first operation panel 32 .
在本实施方式中,当储能组件40用于储能时,储能盘41与第一操作盘32接触,第一操作盘32用于旋转带动储能盘41旋转,储能盘41在旋转时能够给储能扭簧42蓄能,当储能扭簧42蓄能完成时,储能组件40储能完成。即第一操作盘32带动储能盘41旋转使储能扭 簧42蓄能,储能扭簧42释能时储能盘41带动第一操作盘32旋转。在本实施方式中,可在自由脱扣机构1手动合闸时储能组件40完成储能,当手动合闸完成后,储能组件40一直保持储能完成的储能状态,直至实现分闸过程。In this embodiment, when the energy storage assembly 40 is used for energy storage, the energy storage disk 41 is in contact with the first operation disk 32, and the first operation disk 32 is used to rotate to drive the energy storage disk 41 to rotate, and the energy storage disk 41 is rotating When the energy storage torsion spring 42 is stored, when the energy storage torsion spring 42 is completed, the energy storage assembly 40 is completed. That is, the first operating disk 32 drives the energy storage disk 41 to rotate to make the energy storage torsion spring 42 store energy, and when the energy storage torsion spring 42 releases energy, the energy storage disk 41 drives the first operation disk 32 to rotate. In this embodiment, the energy storage component 40 can complete the energy storage when the free tripping mechanism 1 is manually switched on. After the manual switch-on is completed, the energy storage component 40 keeps the energy storage state until the switch-off is realized. process.
在本实施方式中,储能组件40包括储能盘41和储能扭簧42,通过储能扭簧42使得储能组件40能够储能和释能,通过储能盘41实现带动第一操作盘32旋转。In this embodiment, the energy storage assembly 40 includes an energy storage disk 41 and an energy storage torsion spring 42, the energy storage assembly 40 can store and release energy through the energy storage torsion spring 42, and the first operation of driving is realized through the energy storage disk 41 Disk 32 rotates.
在一些实施方式中,储能组件40还可为其他结构,示例性的,可用弹性体实现储能组件40的储能和释能。本申请中采用储能扭簧42实现储能和释能,使得储能组件40结构简单,使自由脱扣机构1更小型化。In some implementations, the energy storage component 40 can also be of other structures, for example, the energy storage and energy release of the energy storage component 40 can be realized by elastic body. In this application, the energy storage torsion spring 42 is used to realize energy storage and energy release, so that the structure of the energy storage component 40 is simple, and the free tripping mechanism 1 is miniaturized.
请参阅图19,图19是图5中储能组件40部分的结构示意图,在本实施方式中,储能盘41包括固定连接的储能底板411和储能顶板412,储能底板411和储能顶板412套设在操作轴31上,且均与操作轴31转动连接,储能扭簧42位于储能底板411和储能顶板412之间,储能底板411的外周设有储能突出部413,请结合图12b和图14,第一操作盘32朝向储能突出部413的一侧设有第一卡位部321,储能突出部413与第一卡位部321接触。具体的,储能突出部413沿径向延伸,第一卡位部321沿轴向延伸。Please refer to Fig. 19, Fig. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the energy storage assembly 40 in Fig. 5. In this embodiment, the energy storage disc 41 includes a fixedly connected energy storage bottom plate 411 and an energy storage top plate 412, and the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage The energy top plate 412 is sleeved on the operation shaft 31, and both of them are rotatably connected with the operation shaft 31. The energy storage torsion spring 42 is located between the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412, and the outer periphery of the energy storage bottom plate 411 is provided with an energy storage protrusion. 413 , referring to FIG. 12 b and FIG. 14 , the side of the first operation panel 32 facing the energy storage protruding portion 413 is provided with a first locking portion 321 , and the energy storage protruding portion 413 is in contact with the first locking portion 321 . Specifically, the energy storage protruding portion 413 extends radially, and the first engaging portion 321 extends axially.
当第一操作盘32旋转时,第一卡位部321用于推动储能突出部413旋转,储能突出部413用于带动储能底板411和储能顶板412旋转,并给储能扭簧42蓄能。请结合图13和图16,在储能组件40储能完成时,解扣组件50用于与储能顶板412锁持(如图16所示),以将解扣组件50中的解扣半轴51与储能组件40锁持;请结合图14和图17,解扣组件50还用于在分闸信号的控制下与储能顶板412解锁(如图17所示),进而与储能组件40解锁。When the first operation panel 32 rotates, the first locking part 321 is used to push the energy storage protruding part 413 to rotate, and the energy storage protruding part 413 is used to drive the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412 to rotate, and to give the energy storage torsion spring 42 energy storage. Please combine Figure 13 and Figure 16, when the energy storage component 40 is completed, the trip component 50 is used to lock with the energy storage top plate 412 (as shown in Figure 16 ), so that the trip part 50 in the trip component 50 The shaft 51 is locked with the energy storage assembly 40; please combine Figure 14 and Figure 17, the trip assembly 50 is also used to unlock the energy storage top plate 412 under the control of the opening signal (as shown in Figure 17), and then with the energy storage Assembly 40 is unlocked.
请再次图13,图13是自由脱扣机构1分闸前的俯视图,其中储能组件40与解扣组件50锁持,在一具体实施方式中,储能扭簧42(图中未示出)完成蓄能使得储能组件40储能完成,储能顶板412包括储能推部4121和储能卡位部4122,储能卡位部4122的半径小于储能推部4121的半径,储能卡位部4122呈凹槽形状。其中储能卡位部4122的半径是指储能卡位部4122远离操作轴31的边缘与操作轴31的轴线之间的最大垂直距离,储能推部4121的半径是指储能推部4121远离操作轴31的边缘与操作轴31的轴线之间的最大垂直距离。解扣组件50与储能顶板412锁持时,第二锁持部511位于储能卡位部4122中,解扣组件50与储能顶板412解锁时,储能推部4121位于第二缺口部512中。Please refer to FIG. 13 again. FIG. 13 is a top view of the free trip mechanism 1 before it is opened, wherein the energy storage assembly 40 is locked with the trip assembly 50. In a specific embodiment, the energy storage torsion spring 42 (not shown in the figure) ) to complete the energy storage so that the energy storage assembly 40 is completed. The energy storage top plate 412 includes an energy storage push portion 4121 and an energy storage locking portion 4122. The radius of the energy storage locking portion 4122 is smaller than the radius of the energy storage pushing portion 4121, and the energy storage The locking portion 4122 is in the shape of a groove. The radius of the energy storage locking part 4122 refers to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the energy storage locking part 4122 away from the operating shaft 31 and the axis of the operating shaft 31, and the radius of the energy storage pushing part 4121 refers to The maximum vertical distance between the edge remote from the operating shaft 31 and the axis of the operating shaft 31 . When the trip assembly 50 is locked with the energy storage top plate 412, the second locking portion 511 is located in the energy storage locking portion 4122, and when the trip assembly 50 is unlocked with the energy storage top plate 412, the energy storage push portion 4121 is located in the second notch 512 in.
如图17所示,储能组件40与解扣组件50解锁时,储能推部4121卡入解扣半轴51的第二缺口部512中,此时解扣扭簧53为储能完成,储能盘41围绕操作轴31旋转,储能推部4121一直保持在第二缺口部512中旋转,解扣半轴51保持固定不动,当储能顶板412的储能卡位部4122旋转到第二缺口部512的位置时,由于储能卡位部4122是凹槽形状,对第二缺口部512的作用力消失,如图16所示,此时解扣扭簧53释能,解扣扭簧53驱动解扣半轴51围绕解扣半轴51的轴向沿顺时针S方向旋转,使得第二锁持部511与储能卡位部4122抵接,以使第二锁持部511与储能盘41锁持。As shown in Figure 17, when the energy storage assembly 40 and the trip assembly 50 are unlocked, the energy storage push part 4121 snaps into the second notch 512 of the trip half shaft 51, and at this time the release of the torsion spring 53 is energy storage. The energy storage disk 41 rotates around the operating shaft 31, the energy storage pushing part 4121 keeps rotating in the second notch 512, and the trip half shaft 51 remains fixed. When the energy storage locking part 4122 of the energy storage top plate 412 rotates When the second notch part 512 is in the position, since the energy storage locking part 4122 is in the shape of a groove, the force on the second notch part 512 disappears, as shown in Figure 16. The torsion spring 53 drives the trip semi-shaft 51 to rotate clockwise S around the axial direction of the trip semi-shaft 51 , so that the second locking part 511 abuts against the energy storage locking part 4122 , so that the second locking part 511 Locked with the energy storage disk 41.
请再次参阅图19,在本实施方式中,储能盘41还包括储能连接部414,储能连接部414固定连接在储能底板411和储能顶板412之间。储能连接部414用于支撑储能底板411和储能顶板412。Please refer to FIG. 19 again, in this embodiment, the energy storage plate 41 further includes an energy storage connection portion 414 , and the energy storage connection portion 414 is fixedly connected between the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412 . The energy storage connecting portion 414 is used to support the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412 .
在一实施方式中,储能盘41还包括储能侧壁415,储能侧壁415环绕储能底板411和/或储能顶板412的周侧设置。在本实施方式中,储能侧壁415环绕储能底板411的周侧设置。储能侧壁415、储能底板411、储能顶板412围设形成储能盘41的内部空间(图中未示出),用于将储能扭簧42限位在储能盘41的内部空间,避免储能扭簧42晃动而影响释能或者储能 效果。在其他实施方式中,储能盘41也可不设置储能侧壁415,例如可设置多个储能连接部414连接在储能底板411和储能顶板412之间,多个储能连接部414环绕操作轴31设置,储能底板411、储能顶板412和多个储能连接部414也可围设形成储能盘41内部空间。In one embodiment, the energy storage tray 41 further includes an energy storage side wall 415 , and the energy storage side wall 415 is disposed around the periphery of the energy storage bottom plate 411 and/or the energy storage top plate 412 . In this embodiment, the energy storage side wall 415 is disposed around the periphery of the energy storage bottom plate 411 . The energy storage side wall 415, the energy storage bottom plate 411, and the energy storage top plate 412 enclose the inner space (not shown) forming the energy storage disk 41, which is used to limit the energy storage torsion spring 42 inside the energy storage disk 41 space, to prevent the energy storage torsion spring 42 from shaking and affect the energy release or energy storage effect. In other embodiments, the energy storage plate 41 may not be provided with the energy storage side wall 415, for example, a plurality of energy storage connection parts 414 may be provided to be connected between the energy storage bottom plate 411 and the energy storage top plate 412, and the plurality of energy storage connection parts 414 Arranged around the operating shaft 31 , the energy storage bottom plate 411 , the energy storage top plate 412 and a plurality of energy storage connecting parts 414 can also surround and form the inner space of the energy storage disk 41 .
请再次参阅图19,储能扭簧42包括第三扭臂421和第四扭臂422,第三扭臂421可与储能底板411或储能顶板412连接,其中连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接。Please refer to FIG. 19 again, the energy storage torsion spring 42 includes a third torsion arm 421 and a fourth torsion arm 422, and the third torsion arm 421 can be connected to the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, wherein the connection methods include but are not limited to Resisting, fixed connection, clamping.
在本实施方式中,第三扭臂421与储能连接部414连接,以使第三扭臂421连接在储能底板411或储能顶板412上,其中连接的方式包括但不限于抵持、固定连接、卡接,第四扭臂422与第一固定杆111连接(结合图32中的步骤S Ⅳ)。在一些实施方式中,第三扭臂421可直接与储能底板411或储能顶板412连接。In this embodiment, the third torsion arm 421 is connected to the energy storage connection part 414, so that the third torsion arm 421 is connected to the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, and the connection methods include but not limited to resistance, Fixedly connected and clipped, the fourth torsion arm 422 is connected with the first fixed rod 111 (in conjunction with step S IV in FIG. 32 ). In some implementations, the third torsion arm 421 may be directly connected to the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412 .
在本实施方式中,储能扭簧42还包括储能扭簧主体423,储能扭簧主体423套设在操作轴31上,第三扭臂421和第四扭臂422位于储能扭簧主体423的两个端部。In this embodiment, the energy storage torsion spring 42 further includes an energy storage torsion spring body 423, which is sheathed on the operating shaft 31, and the third torsion arm 421 and the fourth torsion arm 422 are positioned on the side of the energy storage torsion spring. Both ends of the main body 423 .
请结合图14和图19,当解扣组件50用于在分闸信号的控制下与储能顶板412解锁时,储能扭簧42用于释能,使得第三扭臂421驱动储能连接部414旋转(如图19所示),储能连接部414通过储能突出部413带动第一卡位部321旋转(如图14所示),第一卡位部321用于带动第一操作盘32旋转。以实现在释能过程中,储能组件40用于驱动第一操作盘32旋转。Please combine Figure 14 and Figure 19, when the trip assembly 50 is used to unlock the energy storage top plate 412 under the control of the opening signal, the energy storage torsion spring 42 is used to release energy, so that the third torsion arm 421 drives the energy storage connection part 414 rotates (as shown in Figure 19), the energy storage connection part 414 drives the first locking part 321 to rotate through the energy storage protruding part 413 (as shown in Figure 14), and the first locking part 321 is used to drive the first operation Disk 32 rotates. In order to realize that during the energy release process, the energy storage assembly 40 is used to drive the first operation panel 32 to rotate.
在一些实施方式中,可在储能底板411或者储能顶板412上设置部件,使得第三扭臂421能够与储能底板411或者储能顶板412连接,使得储能扭簧42释能能够带动储能盘41旋转即可,进而可带动储能盘41中的储能突出部413旋转。In some embodiments, parts can be set on the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, so that the third torsion arm 421 can be connected with the energy storage bottom plate 411 or the energy storage top plate 412, so that the energy storage torsion spring 42 can release energy to drive It only needs to rotate the energy storage disk 41 , and then the energy storage protrusion 413 in the energy storage disk 41 can be driven to rotate.
在本实施方式中,解扣组件50与储能组件40在解锁时,解扣扭簧53蓄能,解扣组件50与储能组件40在锁持时,解扣扭簧53释能。在一些实施方式中,解扣组件50与储能组件40在解锁时,解扣扭簧53释能,解扣组件50与储能组件40在锁持时,解扣扭簧53蓄能。通过解扣扭簧53可使得解扣组件50操作更简洁,只需要在解扣组件50与储能组件40在锁持时,通过解扣推动杆推动第一解扣杆521旋转即可。在一些实施方式中,解扣组件50可不包括解扣扭簧53,通过两个推动杆分别在解扣组件50与储能组件40在锁持和解锁时推动第一解扣杆521旋转。In this embodiment, when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are unlocked, the trip torsion spring 53 stores energy, and when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are locked, the release torsion spring 53 releases energy. In some embodiments, when the tripping component 50 and the energy storage component 40 are unlocked, the tripping torsion spring 53 releases energy, and when the tripping component 50 and the energy storage component 40 are locked, the tripping torsion spring 53 stores energy. The operation of the trip assembly 50 can be made simpler by using the trip torsion spring 53 . It is only necessary to push the first trip lever 521 to rotate through the trip push lever when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are locked. In some embodiments, the trip assembly 50 may not include the trip torsion spring 53 , and the first trip lever 521 is pushed to rotate by two push rods when the trip assembly 50 and the energy storage assembly 40 are locked and unlocked respectively.
请结合图5、图20a、图20b、图20c和图20d,图20a为操作轴31和操作卡板35的结构示意图,图20b为操作轴31与操作卡板35安装时的结构示意图,图20c是图20b中C-C剖面图,图20d为操作轴31与操作卡板35安装时的俯视图。在一种可能的实现方式中,操作组件30还包括操作卡板35,操作卡板35设有卡孔351,操作轴31插入卡孔351中且能够相对卡孔351旋转,操作轴31邻近操作卡板35设置的一端设有沿径向凹陷的卡槽311,卡孔351周围的一部分操作卡板35位于卡槽311中。以使操作轴31在旋转时不会晃动而偏离轴向O。其中操作卡板35沿轴向O的尺寸小于或者等于卡槽311沿轴向O的尺寸,使得卡孔351周围的一部分操作卡板35能够卡入卡槽311中。Please combine Fig. 5, Fig. 20a, Fig. 20b, Fig. 20c and Fig. 20d, Fig. 20a is a schematic diagram of the structure of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35, and Fig. 20b is a schematic diagram of the structure when the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35 are installed, Fig. 20c is a sectional view of C-C in FIG. 20b , and FIG. 20d is a top view when the operating shaft 31 and the operating clamp 35 are installed. In a possible implementation manner, the operation assembly 30 further includes an operation clamping plate 35, the operation clamping plate 35 is provided with a clamping hole 351, the operating shaft 31 is inserted into the clamping hole 351 and can rotate relative to the clamping hole 351, and the operating shaft 31 is adjacent to the operation One end of the clamping plate 35 is provided with a radially recessed clamping groove 311 , and a part of the operating clamping plate 35 around the clamping hole 351 is located in the clamping groove 311 . In order to prevent the operation shaft 31 from shaking and deviate from the axial direction O when rotating. The size of the operating clamping plate 35 along the axial direction O is smaller than or equal to the dimension of the locking groove 311 along the axial direction O, so that a part of the operating clamping plate 35 around the locking hole 351 can be locked into the locking groove 311 .
参阅图20b,在一种可能的实现方式中,操作轴31包括邻近操作卡板35设置的操作轴卡端312,在图20b中虚线框框出的部分为操作轴卡端312,卡槽311设置在操作轴卡端312上。参阅图20c,卡孔351具有沿第三方向X的第一尺寸和沿第四方向Y的第二尺寸,第三方向X和第四方向Y垂直,第一尺寸大于第二尺寸;操作轴卡端312具有沿第三方向X的第三尺寸和沿第四方向Y的第四尺寸,第三尺寸大于第四尺寸,第三尺寸还大于第二尺寸且小于或者等于第一尺寸,第四尺寸小于第二尺寸。Referring to Fig. 20b, in a possible implementation manner, the operating shaft 31 includes an operating shaft clamping end 312 arranged adjacent to the operating clamping plate 35, and the part framed by a dotted line in Fig. 20b is the operating shaft clamping end 312, and the clamping groove 311 is provided On the clamp end 312 of the operating shaft. Referring to Fig. 20c, the card hole 351 has a first size along the third direction X and a second size along the fourth direction Y, the third direction X and the fourth direction Y are perpendicular, the first size is greater than the second size; the operation axis card The end 312 has a third dimension along the third direction X and a fourth dimension along the fourth direction Y, the third dimension is greater than the fourth dimension, the third dimension is also greater than the second dimension and less than or equal to the first dimension, the fourth dimension smaller than the second size.
其中,第一尺寸为卡孔351沿第三方向X的最大尺寸,第二尺寸为卡孔351沿第四方向Y的最大尺寸;第三尺寸为操作轴卡端312沿第三方向X的最大尺寸,第四尺寸为操作轴卡 端312沿第四方向Y的最大尺寸。Wherein, the first dimension is the maximum dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the third direction X, the second dimension is the maximum dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the fourth direction Y; the third dimension is the maximum dimension of the operating shaft clamping end 312 along the third direction X Dimensions, the fourth dimension is the maximum dimension of the clamping end 312 of the operating shaft along the fourth direction Y.
结合图20a、图20c和图20d,当在组装时,将操作轴卡端312沿第三方向X穿设在卡孔351中,由于操作轴卡端312沿第三方向X的第三尺寸小于卡孔351沿第三方向X的第一尺寸,操作轴卡端312沿第四方向Y的第四尺寸小于卡孔351沿第四方向Y的第二尺寸可使得操作轴卡端312顺利的穿入卡孔351中。Referring to Fig. 20a, Fig. 20c and Fig. 20d, when assembling, the operation shaft clamping end 312 is inserted in the clamping hole 351 along the third direction X, since the third dimension of the operating shaft clamping end 312 along the third direction X is smaller than The first dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the third direction X, the fourth dimension of the operating shaft clamping end 312 along the fourth direction Y is smaller than the second dimension of the clamping hole 351 along the fourth direction Y so that the operating shaft clamping end 312 can pass through smoothly. into the card hole 351.
然后旋转操作轴31一定角度,使得操作轴31周围的一部分操作卡板35位于卡槽311中,请结合图21a、图21b和图21c,图21a为操作轴31和操作卡板35的结构示意图,图21b是图21a中D-D剖面图,图21c为操作轴31与操作卡板35安装时的俯视图。当操作轴31与操作卡板35安装后,顺时针旋转操作轴45°,即此时操作轴卡端312与卡孔351的夹角α为45°,此时为操作轴31为分闸状态。在一些实施方式中,分闸状态时夹角α还可为30°、40°等,不限于45°。Then rotate the operation shaft 31 at a certain angle, so that a part of the operation clamp 35 around the operation shaft 31 is located in the slot 311, please refer to Figure 21a, Figure 21b and Figure 21c, Figure 21a is a schematic structural diagram of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35 , FIG. 21b is a D-D cross-sectional view in FIG. 21a, and FIG. 21c is a top view when the operating shaft 31 and the operating clamp 35 are installed. After the operating shaft 31 and the operating clamping plate 35 are installed, rotate the operating shaft 45° clockwise, that is, the angle α between the operating shaft clamp end 312 and the clamping hole 351 is 45°, and the operating shaft 31 is in the open state. . In some implementations, the angle α in the open state can also be 30°, 40°, etc., and is not limited to 45°.
请结合图22a、图22b和图22c,图22a为操作轴31和操作卡板35的结构示意图,图22b是图22a中E-E剖面图,图22c为操作轴31与操作卡板35安装时的俯视图。当需要合闸时,顺时针旋转操作轴90°,即合闸状态时操作轴卡端312与卡孔351的夹角β为135°,也就是说在分闸状态时操作轴卡端312与卡扣的夹角α为45°,合闸状态时操作轴卡端312与卡扣的夹角β为135°,操作轴卡端312在分闸状态和合闸状态、以及在分闸状态变为合闸状态的过程中均与卡孔351卡合,可有效避免在操作轴31在旋转时晃动偏离轴向O位置,提升操作轴31旋转精度。其中操作轴31除操作轴卡端312的其他部分的直径与第三尺寸相同。在一些实施方式中,合闸状态时夹角β还可为130°、140°或者150°等,不限于135°。Please combine Figure 22a, Figure 22b and Figure 22c, Figure 22a is a schematic structural view of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35, Figure 22b is the E-E section view in Figure 22a, Figure 22c is the installation of the operation shaft 31 and the operation clamp 35 top view. When closing is required, rotate the operating shaft 90° clockwise, that is, the angle β between the clamping end 312 of the operating shaft and the clamping hole 351 in the closing state is 135°, that is to say, in the opening state, the clamping end 312 of the operating shaft and the clamping hole 351 are 135°. The angle α of the buckle is 45°, and the angle β between the operating shaft clamp end 312 and the buckle is 135° in the closing state, and the operating shaft clamping end 312 becomes During the closing state, they are all engaged with the clamping hole 351, which can effectively prevent the operation shaft 31 from shaking and deviate from the axial O position when rotating, and improve the rotation accuracy of the operation shaft 31. The diameter of the other parts of the operating shaft 31 except the clamping end 312 of the operating shaft is the same as the third dimension. In some embodiments, the included angle β in the closed state may also be 130°, 140° or 150°, etc., and is not limited to 135°.
在一实施方式中,卡孔351的周壁包括位于中间区域的弧形部3511,卡槽311呈弧形,弧形部3511卡入卡槽311中,弧形状有利于操作轴卡端312旋转。In one embodiment, the peripheral wall of the locking hole 351 includes an arc portion 3511 located in the middle area, the locking slot 311 is arc-shaped, the arc portion 3511 is locked into the locking slot 311 , and the arc shape facilitates the rotation of the operating shaft locking end 312 .
请结合图5和图23a,图23a是驱动组件20和底座组件10的俯视图。在一种可能的实现方式中,驱动组件20包括套设在操作轴31上的驱动盘21和驱动扭簧22,驱动盘21和驱动扭簧22与操作轴31在操作轴31的周向上转动连接,驱动扭簧22与驱动盘21、第一操作盘32接触,第一操作盘32用于在旋转时给驱动扭簧22蓄能,驱动扭簧22用于在释能时驱动驱动盘21旋转。Please combine FIG. 5 and FIG. 23 a , FIG. 23 a is a top view of the driving assembly 20 and the base assembly 10 . In a possible implementation, the drive assembly 20 includes a drive disc 21 and a drive torsion spring 22 sleeved on the operation shaft 31 , and the drive disc 21 and the drive torsion spring 22 rotate with the operation shaft 31 in the circumferential direction of the operation shaft 31 Connection, the driving torsion spring 22 is in contact with the driving disk 21 and the first operation disk 32, the first operation disk 32 is used to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22 when rotating, and the driving torsion spring 22 is used to drive the driving disk 21 when releasing energy rotate.
请继续参阅图23a,在一种可能的实现方式中,驱动盘21包括驱动底板211和位于驱动底板211同一侧的驱动侧板212、第一驱动限位部213和第二驱动限位部214,第一驱动限位部213位于驱动底板211的中间,驱动侧板212位于驱动底板211的边缘,第二驱动限位部214位于第一驱动限位部213和驱动侧板212之间,驱动扭簧22包括驱动扭簧主体223以及与驱动扭簧主体223连接的第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222,驱动扭簧主体223套设在第一驱动限位部213的外侧且位于第一驱动限位部213和第二驱动限位部214之间,至少部分第二驱动限位部214和至少部分第一操作盘32位于第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222之间。Please continue to refer to FIG. 23 a , in a possible implementation manner, the driving disc 21 includes a driving bottom plate 211 , a driving side plate 212 located on the same side of the driving bottom plate 211 , a first driving limiting portion 213 and a second driving limiting portion 214 , the first drive limiter 213 is located in the middle of the drive bottom plate 211, the drive side plate 212 is located at the edge of the drive base plate 211, the second drive limiter 214 is located between the first drive limiter 213 and the drive side plate 212, and the drive The torsion spring 22 includes a driving torsion spring main body 223 and a fifth torsion arm 221 and a sixth torsion arm 222 connected to the driving torsion spring main body 223. The driving torsion spring main body 223 is sleeved on the outside of the first driving stopper 213 and located at the second Between the first driving limiting part 213 and the second driving limiting part 214 , at least part of the second driving limiting part 214 and at least part of the first operation plate 32 are located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 .
其中,第一操作盘32用于旋转时能够与第六扭臂222接触并带动第六扭臂222旋转,以对驱动扭簧22蓄能,驱动扭簧22用于释能时,第五扭臂221与第二驱动限位部214接触并带动用于通过第二驱动限位部214带动驱动盘21旋转。Wherein, when the first operation panel 32 is used for rotation, it can contact the sixth torsion arm 222 and drive the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22. When the driving torsion spring 22 is used for energy release, the fifth torsion The arm 221 is in contact with the second driving limiting portion 214 and drives the driving disk 21 to rotate through the second driving limiting portion 214 .
在本实施方式中,第一操作盘32设有朝向驱动盘21的一侧设有第二卡位部322(如图12b所示),继续参阅图23a,第二卡位部322(图23a中未示出)位于第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222之间,第一操作盘32用于旋转时,第二卡位部322用于带动第六扭臂222旋转,以对驱动扭簧22蓄能。在一些实施方式中,第二卡位部322的形状不限,第二卡位部322的沿轴向具有一定长度,使得第二卡位部322能够位于第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222之间。In this embodiment, the first operating panel 32 is provided with a second locking portion 322 (as shown in FIG. 12b ) on the side facing the drive plate 21 . not shown in the figure) between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222, when the first operation panel 32 is used to rotate, the second clamping part 322 is used to drive the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate to control the driving torsion Spring 22 stores energy. In some embodiments, the shape of the second locking portion 322 is not limited, and the second locking portion 322 has a certain length in the axial direction, so that the second locking portion 322 can be located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm. Between 222.
在本实施方式中,第二驱动限位部214呈“L”形,第二驱动限位部214远离驱动底板211的部分位于第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222之间。In this embodiment, the second driving limiting portion 214 is in an “L” shape, and the part of the second driving limiting portion 214 away from the driving bottom plate 211 is located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 .
结合图23a和图23b,图23a为自由脱扣机构1分闸时驱动组件20和底座组件10的俯视图,驱动盘21在第一位置,驱动盘21与分闸卡扣14卡合,图23b为自由脱扣机构1在合闸过程中第一操作盘32旋转时给驱动扭簧22蓄能后的结构示意图,在自由脱扣机构1手动合闸过程中,驱动盘21与分闸卡扣14卡合保持固定不动,第一操作盘32顺时针S旋转,并通过第二卡位部322带动第六扭臂222顺时针S旋转,直至第六扭臂222与第五扭臂221之间具有一定距离(如图23b所示),此时第六扭臂222与第五扭臂221之间具有向对方移动的弹性力,即此时驱动扭簧22完成蓄能。Combining Figure 23a and Figure 23b, Figure 23a is a top view of the drive assembly 20 and the base assembly 10 when the free trip mechanism 1 is opened, the drive plate 21 is in the first position, and the drive plate 21 is engaged with the opening buckle 14, Figure 23b It is a schematic diagram of the structure of the free trip mechanism 1 after the first operation panel 32 rotates to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22 during the closing process. During the manual closing process of the free trip mechanism 1, the driving disc 21 and the opening snap 14 The engagement remains fixed, the first operation panel 32 rotates clockwise S, and drives the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate clockwise S through the second locking part 322 until the gap between the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 There is a certain distance between them (as shown in FIG. 23b ), at this time, there is an elastic force between the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 to move toward each other, that is, the torsion spring 22 is driven to complete energy storage at this time.
结合图24a和图24b,图24a为自由脱扣机构1合闸时驱动组件20和底座组件10的俯视图,驱动盘21在第二位置,驱动盘21与合闸卡扣12卡合,图24b为自由脱扣机构1在分闸过程中第一操作盘32旋转时给驱动扭簧22蓄能后的结构示意图,在自由脱扣机构1分闸过程中,驱动盘21与合闸卡扣12卡合保持固定不动,第一操作盘32逆时针旋转,并通过第二卡位部322带动第六扭臂222逆时针N旋转,直至第六扭臂222与第五扭臂221之间具有一定距离(如图24b所示),此时第六扭臂222与第五扭臂221之间具有向对方移动的弹性力,即此时驱动扭簧22完成蓄能。驱动扭簧22释能时第五扭臂221与第二驱动限位部214接触并带动通过第二驱动限位部214带动驱动盘21旋转。Combining Figure 24a and Figure 24b, Figure 24a is a top view of the drive assembly 20 and the base assembly 10 when the free trip mechanism 1 is closed, the drive plate 21 is in the second position, and the drive plate 21 is engaged with the closing buckle 12, Figure 24b It is a schematic diagram of the structure of the free tripping mechanism 1 after the first operation panel 32 rotates to store energy for the driving torsion spring 22 during the opening process. During the opening process of the free tripping mechanism 1, the driving disc 21 and the closing buckle 12 The engagement remains fixed, the first operation panel 32 rotates counterclockwise, and drives the sixth torsion arm 222 to rotate counterclockwise N through the second locking part 322 until there is a gap between the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221. At a certain distance (as shown in FIG. 24b ), the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 have an elastic force to move toward each other at this time, that is, the torsion spring 22 is driven to complete energy storage at this time. When the driving torsion spring 22 is released, the fifth torsion arm 221 is in contact with the second driving limiting portion 214 and drives the driving plate 21 to rotate through the second driving limiting portion 214 .
其中,驱动盘21第一位置时,自由脱扣机构1为分闸状态,驱动盘21在旋转到第二位置,驱动盘21为合闸状态,第一位置与第二位置不同。在本实施方式中,第一位置和第二位置相差90°。在其他实施方式中,第一位置和第二位置还可相差其他角度,例如60°、120°等。Wherein, when the driving disc 21 is in the first position, the free release mechanism 1 is in the open state, and when the driving disc 21 rotates to the second position, the driving disc 21 is in the closing state, and the first position is different from the second position. In this embodiment, the difference between the first position and the second position is 90°. In other implementation manners, the difference between the first position and the second position may also be other angles, such as 60°, 120° and so on.
请结合图5、图23a和图24a,在一种可能的实现方式中,底座组件10包括底座11、分闸卡扣14和合闸卡扣12,驱动盘21、分闸卡扣14和合闸卡扣12均与底座11活动连接且能够相对底座11旋转,分闸卡扣14和合闸卡扣12位于驱动盘21的外周侧,驱动盘21设有驱动开口215;当驱动盘21用于旋转到第一位置时(如图23a所示),分闸卡扣14用于与驱动开口215连接,使得驱动盘21与分闸卡扣14保持固定连接,以使自由脱扣机构保持分闸状态;当驱动盘21用于旋转到第二位置时(如图24a所示),合闸卡扣12用于与驱动开口215连接,使得驱动盘21与合闸卡扣12保持固定连接,以使自由脱扣机构保持合闸状态。其中驱动开口215的形状可为凹槽状。其中分闸卡扣14与驱动开口215连接的方式包括但不限于卡合、扣合、磁性连接,合闸卡扣12与驱动开口215连接的方式包括但不限于卡合、扣合、磁性连接。Please refer to FIG. 5, FIG. 23a and FIG. 24a. In a possible implementation, the base assembly 10 includes a base 11, an opening buckle 14 and a closing buckle 12, a drive plate 21, an opening buckle 14 and a closing buckle. The buckles 12 are all movably connected with the base 11 and can rotate relative to the base 11. The opening buckle 14 and the closing buckle 12 are located on the outer peripheral side of the drive disc 21, and the drive disc 21 is provided with a drive opening 215; when the drive disc 21 is used to rotate to In the first position (as shown in FIG. 23a ), the opening buckle 14 is used to connect with the driving opening 215, so that the driving disc 21 is kept fixedly connected with the opening buckle 14, so that the free tripping mechanism maintains the opening state; When the driving disc 21 is used to rotate to the second position (as shown in Figure 24a), the closing buckle 12 is used to connect with the driving opening 215, so that the driving disc 21 and the closing buckle 12 remain fixedly connected, so that the The trip mechanism remains closed. The shape of the driving opening 215 can be a groove shape. The way of connecting the opening buckle 14 to the driving opening 215 includes but not limited to snap-fitting, buckling, and magnetic connection, and the way of connecting the closing buckle 12 to the driving opening 215 includes but not limited to snapping, buckling, and magnetic connection. .
在本实施方式中,在底座11上还设有分闸凹槽141、合闸凹槽121、合闸弹性件13和分闸弹性件15,分闸卡扣14和分闸弹性件15位于分闸凹槽141内,分闸弹性件15的两端抵接分闸卡扣14和分闸凹槽141的侧壁,当分闸卡扣14受到朝向分闸弹性件15方向的作用力时,分闸卡扣14用于挤压分闸弹性件15使得分闸弹性件15压缩,当分闸卡扣14受到朝向分闸弹性件15方向的作用力解除时,即没有受到挤压,此时驱动盘21旋转到第一位置,驱动开口215与分闸卡扣14相对,分闸弹性件15回复,用于推动分闸卡扣14朝向远离分闸弹性件15的方向运动,以使分闸卡扣14卡入驱动开口215中。In this embodiment, the opening groove 141, the closing groove 121, the closing elastic piece 13 and the opening elastic piece 15 are also provided on the base 11, and the opening buckle 14 and the opening elastic piece 15 are located at the opening In the opening groove 141, the two ends of the opening elastic member 15 abut against the opening buckle 14 and the side wall of the opening groove 141. When the opening buckle 14 is subjected to a force toward the opening elastic member 15, the opening The brake buckle 14 is used to squeeze the opening elastic member 15 so that the opening elastic member 15 is compressed. When the opening buckle 14 is released by the force towards the opening elastic member 15, that is, it is not squeezed. At this time, the drive disk 21 is rotated to the first position, the driving opening 215 is opposite to the opening buckle 14, and the opening elastic member 15 is restored to push the opening buckle 14 to move away from the opening elastic member 15, so that the opening buckle 14 snaps into the drive opening 215.
其中,合闸卡扣12和合闸弹性件13位于合闸凹槽121内,合闸弹性件13的两端抵接合闸卡扣12和合闸凹槽121的侧壁,当合闸卡扣12受到朝向合闸弹性件13方向的作用力时,合闸卡扣12用于挤压合闸弹性件13使得合闸弹性件13压缩,当合闸卡扣12受到朝向合闸 弹性件13方向的作用力解除时,即没有受到挤压,此时驱动盘21旋转到第二位置,驱动开口215与合闸卡扣12相对,合闸弹性件13回复,用于推动合闸卡扣12朝向远离合闸弹性件13的方向运动,以使合闸卡扣12卡入驱动开口215中。Wherein, the closing buckle 12 and the closing elastic member 13 are located in the closing groove 121, and the two ends of the closing elastic member 13 abut against the side walls of the closing buckle 12 and the closing groove 121, when the closing buckle 12 is subjected to When the force is applied in the direction of the closing elastic member 13, the closing buckle 12 is used to squeeze the closing elastic member 13 so that the closing elastic member 13 is compressed. When the force is released, that is, it is not squeezed. At this time, the drive plate 21 rotates to the second position, the drive opening 215 is opposite to the closing buckle 12, and the closing elastic member 13 returns to push the closing buckle 12 away from the closing buckle. The direction of the elastic member 13 moves so that the closing buckle 12 snaps into the driving opening 215 .
在本实施方式中,合闸弹性件13和分闸弹性件15为弹簧。在一实施方式中,合闸弹性件13和分闸弹性件15为弹片或者弹性体。In this embodiment, the closing elastic member 13 and the opening elastic member 15 are springs. In one embodiment, the closing elastic member 13 and the opening elastic member 15 are shrapnel or elastic bodies.
在本实施方式中,通过分闸卡扣14、合闸卡扣12与驱动开口215连接保持驱动盘21的分闸状态和合闸状态,在其他实施方式中,还可在驱动盘21与底座11之间还可设置弹性锁扣、滑动锁扣或者其他结构来实现驱动盘21在第一位置和第二位置时相对底座11固定,以保持分闸状态和合闸状态。In this embodiment, the opening and closing states of the drive plate 21 are maintained by connecting the opening buckle 14 and the closing buckle 12 to the drive opening 215. Elastic locks, sliding locks or other structures can also be provided in between to realize that the drive plate 21 is fixed relative to the base 11 when it is in the first position and the second position, so as to maintain the opening state and the closing state.
请继续参阅图24a,在一种可能的实现方式中,底座组件10还包括第一固定杆111和第二固定杆112,第一固定杆111、第二固定杆112均固定在底座11上,分闸卡扣14套设在第一固定杆111且能够相对第一固定杆111旋转,合闸卡扣12套设在第二固定杆112上且能够相对第二固定杆112旋转;Please continue to refer to FIG. 24a. In a possible implementation, the base assembly 10 further includes a first fixing rod 111 and a second fixing rod 112, and the first fixing rod 111 and the second fixing rod 112 are both fixed on the base 11. The opening buckle 14 is sleeved on the first fixed rod 111 and can rotate relative to the first fixed rod 111 , the closing buckle 12 is sleeved on the second fixed rod 112 and can rotate relative to the second fixed rod 112 ;
分闸弹性件15位于分闸卡扣14远离驱动盘21的一侧,当驱动盘21用于旋转到第一位置时,分闸弹性件15用于提供给分闸卡扣14朝向驱动开口215的驱动力,以使分闸卡扣14与驱动开口215连接;The opening elastic member 15 is located on the side of the opening buckle 14 away from the driving disc 21. When the driving disc 21 is used to rotate to the first position, the opening elastic member 15 is used to provide the opening buckle 14 with a drive opening 215. The driving force, so that the opening buckle 14 is connected with the driving opening 215;
合闸弹性件13位于合闸卡扣12远离驱动盘21的一侧,当驱动盘21用于旋转到第二位置时,合闸弹性件13用于提供给合闸卡扣12朝向驱动开口215的驱动力,以使合闸卡扣12与驱动开口215连接。The closing elastic member 13 is located on the side of the closing buckle 12 away from the driving disc 21 , and when the driving disc 21 is used to rotate to the second position, the closing elastic member 13 is used to provide the closing buckle 12 to face the driving opening 215 driving force, so that the closing buckle 12 is connected with the driving opening 215 .
在一实施方式中,底座组件10还包括第三固定杆113、第四固定杆114、第五固定杆115、第六固定杆116,第三固定杆113和第五固定杆115同侧设置,第四固定杆114和第六固定杆116同侧设置,操作卡板35的两端分别固定在第三固定杆113和第五固定杆115、第四固定杆114和第六固定杆116上。In one embodiment, the base assembly 10 further includes a third fixed rod 113, a fourth fixed rod 114, a fifth fixed rod 115, and a sixth fixed rod 116, the third fixed rod 113 and the fifth fixed rod 115 are arranged on the same side, The fourth fixed rod 114 and the sixth fixed rod 116 are arranged on the same side, and the two ends of the operation clamp 35 are respectively fixed on the third fixed rod 113 , the fifth fixed rod 115 , the fourth fixed rod 114 and the sixth fixed rod 116 .
其中第一固定杆111、第五固定杆115、第二固定杆112、第三固定杆113、第六固定杆116和第四固定杆114依次环绕在驱动盘凹槽16的外周侧,第一固定杆111、第二固定杆112、第三固定杆113、第四固定杆114、第五固定杆115、第六固定杆116的延伸方向与操作轴31的轴向平行。Wherein the first fixed rod 111, the fifth fixed rod 115, the second fixed rod 112, the third fixed rod 113, the sixth fixed rod 116 and the fourth fixed rod 114 surround the outer peripheral side of the driving disc groove 16 successively, the first The extension directions of the fixed rod 111 , the second fixed rod 112 , the third fixed rod 113 , the fourth fixed rod 114 , the fifth fixed rod 115 and the sixth fixed rod 116 are parallel to the axial direction of the operation shaft 31 .
其中第五固定杆115和第六固定杆116沿轴向的长度小于第一固定杆111、第二固定杆112、第三固定杆113、第四固定杆114沿轴向的长度,第五固定杆115和第六固定杆116用于固定操作卡板35,第一固定杆111、第二固定杆112、第三固定杆113、第四固定杆114还用与固定操作卡板35上方的部件,例如第四固定杆114还用与连接解扣扭簧53的第九扭臂531(如图18所示)。Wherein the length of the fifth fixed rod 115 and the sixth fixed rod 116 is less than the axial length of the first fixed rod 111, the second fixed rod 112, the third fixed rod 113, and the fourth fixed rod 114. The rod 115 and the sixth fixed rod 116 are used to fix the operating clamp 35, and the first fixed rod 111, the second fixed rod 112, the third fixed rod 113, and the fourth fixed rod 114 are also used to fix the parts above the operating clamp 35 For example, the fourth fixed rod 114 is also used to connect the ninth torsion arm 531 of the tripping torsion spring 53 (as shown in FIG. 18 ).
请结合图23a、图24a、图25a和图25b,图25a和图25b为底座11的仰视图。在一实施方式中,在底座11上设有驱动盘凹槽16(如图23a和图24a所示),驱动盘21位于驱动盘凹槽16内,驱动组件20还包括开关部件23(如图25a和图25b所示),开关部件23位于驱动盘凹槽16远离驱动盘21的一侧,也就是说开关部件23位于驱动盘凹槽16的底部,开关部件23与驱动盘21穿过驱动盘凹槽16的底部固定连接,当驱动盘21旋转时,开关部件23会同步旋转,开关部件23用于控制通断装置2断开或连通。Please combine FIG. 23a , FIG. 24a , FIG. 25a and FIG. 25b . FIG. 25a and FIG. 25b are bottom views of the base 11 . In one embodiment, the base 11 is provided with a drive disc groove 16 (as shown in Figure 23a and Figure 24a), the drive disc 21 is located in the drive disc groove 16, and the drive assembly 20 also includes a switch part 23 (as shown in Figure 23a and Figure 24a). 25a and Fig. 25b), the switch part 23 is located on the side of the drive disc groove 16 away from the drive disc 21, that is to say the switch part 23 is located at the bottom of the drive disc groove 16, and the switch part 23 and the drive disc 21 pass through the drive The bottom of the disc groove 16 is fixedly connected. When the drive disc 21 rotates, the switch component 23 will rotate synchronously. The switch component 23 is used to control the disconnection or connection of the on-off device 2 .
当驱动盘21旋转到第一位置时(如图23a所示),开关部件23对应在第一位置(如图25a所示),此时开关部件23控制通断装置2断开。当驱动盘21旋转到第二位置时(如图24a所示),开关部件23对应在第二位置(如图25b所示),此时开关部件23控制通断装置2连 通。When the driving disk 21 rotates to the first position (as shown in FIG. 23 a ), the switch component 23 corresponds to the first position (as shown in FIG. 25 a ), and the switch component 23 controls the on-off device 2 to be turned off. When the drive plate 21 rotates to the second position (as shown in Figure 24a), the switch part 23 corresponds to the second position (as shown in Figure 25b), at this time the switch part 23 controls the on-off device 2 to communicate.
其中开关部件23的结构可根据通断装置2来设置,以使开关部件23可控制通断装置2断开和连通。如图25a和图25b所示,在本实施方式中,开关部件23远离驱动盘21的表面设有方形凹槽231,通断装置2中设有方形柱(图未示出),方向柱位于方形凹槽231中,当开关部件23旋转时,通过方形凹槽231和方形柱的配合,可带动方形柱旋转,进而可实现通断装置2的断开和连通。The structure of the switch part 23 can be set according to the on-off device 2, so that the switch part 23 can control the on-off device 2 to be disconnected and connected. As shown in Figure 25a and Figure 25b, in this embodiment, a square groove 231 is provided on the surface of the switch member 23 away from the drive plate 21, a square column (not shown) is provided in the on-off device 2, and the direction column is located at In the square groove 231 , when the switch component 23 rotates, the cooperation between the square groove 231 and the square pillar can drive the square pillar to rotate, and then the on-off device 2 can be disconnected and connected.
请参阅图26a,图26a为自由脱扣机构1分闸时的俯视图。在一实施方式中,第一操作盘32包括第一推闸部323和第二推闸部324,第一推闸部323和第二推闸部324的半径与驱动盘21的半径相同,在第一推闸部323和第二推闸部324之间还设有自由活动部325,自由活动部325的半径小于驱动盘21的半径,第一操作盘32上方的第一卡位部321与自由活动部325连接,第一操作盘32下方的第二卡位部322(图26a中未示出)与第一推闸部323或者第二推闸部324远离自由活动部325的一侧连接。Please refer to Fig. 26a, which is a top view of the free tripping mechanism 1 when it is opened. In one embodiment, the first operation plate 32 includes a first push brake part 323 and a second push brake part 324, the radius of the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324 is the same as the radius of the drive plate 21, and A free movable part 325 is also provided between the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324, and the radius of the free movable part 325 is smaller than the radius of the driving disc 21. The free movable part 325 is connected, and the second locking part 322 (not shown in FIG. 26 a ) below the first operation panel 32 is connected with the side of the first push gate part 323 or the second push gate part 324 away from the free movable part 325 .
其中第一推闸部323、第二推闸部324、自由活动部325的半径分别是指第一推闸部323、第二推闸部324自由活动部325与操作轴31轴线之间的垂直距离。第一推闸部323和第二推闸部324的半径与驱动盘21的半径相同,使得第一推闸部323和第二推闸部324转动到分闸卡扣14或者合闸卡扣12的位置时可将分闸卡扣14或者合闸卡扣12从驱动开口215中向外推出。如图26a所示,第二推闸部324将合闸卡扣12推出驱动盘21,如图26b所示,图26b为自由脱扣机构1为合闸时的俯视图,第一推闸部323将分闸卡扣14推出驱动盘21。The radii of the first push brake portion 323, the second push brake portion 324, and the free movable portion 325 respectively refer to the vertical distance between the free movable portion 325 of the first push brake portion 323, the second push brake portion 324, and the axis of the operating shaft 31. distance. The radius of the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324 is the same as the radius of the drive plate 21, so that the first push brake part 323 and the second push brake part 324 rotate to the opening buckle 14 or the closing buckle 12 The opening buckle 14 or the closing buckle 12 can be pushed out from the driving opening 215 in the position. As shown in Figure 26a, the second pusher part 324 pushes the closing buckle 12 out of the drive plate 21, as shown in Figure 26b, Figure 26b is a top view of the free release mechanism 1 when it is closed, the first pusher part 323 Push the opening buckle 14 out of the driving disc 21 .
请再次参阅图5,在一实施方式中,驱动盘21、操作卡板35、第一操作盘32、第二操作盘33和储能盘41沿操作轴31的轴向O依次设置。使得自由脱扣机构结构简单,体积小。Please refer to FIG. 5 again. In one embodiment, the driving plate 21 , the operating clamping plate 35 , the first operating plate 32 , the second operating plate 33 and the energy storage plate 41 are sequentially arranged along the axial direction O of the operating shaft 31 . The structure of the free tripping mechanism is simple and the volume is small.
请结合图5和图26a,在一实施方式中,自由脱扣机构1还包括复位扭簧80,复位扭簧80套设操作轴31上,且位于解扣底板54远离底座11的一侧(如图5所示)。其中,复位扭簧80包括第七扭臂81、第八扭臂82和复位扭簧主体83(如图26a所示),复位扭簧主体83套设在操作轴31上,第七扭臂81与第二固定杆112连接,第八扭臂82与操作轴31连接,具体的,操作轴31具有轴突出部313,第八扭臂82与轴突出部313连接。当操作轴31顺时针旋转时,复位扭簧80蓄能,复位扭簧80能够在分闸后释能,以带动操作轴31沿逆时针旋转,使得操作轴31、第二操作盘33和旋钮101复位。在本实施方式中设置复位扭簧80,可在分闸完成后更好的实现操作轴31、第二操作盘33和旋钮101复位,节省操作旋钮101的力度,使用者体验更佳。在一实施方式中,可不设复位扭簧80,在分闸后,直接逆时针旋转旋钮101,以实现操作轴31、第二操作盘33和旋钮101复位。Please refer to FIG. 5 and FIG. 26a , in one embodiment, the free tripping mechanism 1 further includes a return torsion spring 80 , which is sleeved on the operating shaft 31 and located on the side of the tripping bottom plate 54 away from the base 11 ( as shown in Figure 5). Wherein, the return torsion spring 80 includes a seventh torsion arm 81, an eighth torsion arm 82 and a return torsion spring main body 83 (as shown in FIG. It is connected with the second fixed rod 112 , and the eighth torsion arm 82 is connected with the operation shaft 31 . Specifically, the operation shaft 31 has a shaft protrusion 313 , and the eighth torsion arm 82 is connected with the shaft protrusion 313 . When the operating shaft 31 rotates clockwise, the reset torsion spring 80 stores energy, and the reset torsion spring 80 can release the energy after opening to drive the operating shaft 31 to rotate counterclockwise, so that the operating shaft 31, the second operating disc 33 and the knob 101 Reset. In this embodiment, the reset torsion spring 80 is provided to better realize the reset of the operating shaft 31, the second operating panel 33 and the knob 101 after the opening is completed, which saves the effort of operating the knob 101 and provides better user experience. In one embodiment, the reset torsion spring 80 may not be provided, and the knob 101 is directly rotated counterclockwise after the brake is opened, so as to realize the reset of the operation shaft 31 , the second operation panel 33 and the knob 101 .
下面详细介绍本申请自由脱扣机构1手动合闸、手动分闸以及分闸的运作过程。The following describes in detail the operation process of manual closing, manual opening and opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 of the present application.
请结合图5和图27,图27是自由脱扣机构1手动合闸的运作过程示意图。自由脱扣机构1手动合闸的初始状态时,如图27中的步骤S Ⅰ所示,自由脱扣机构1处于分闸状态,操作轴31处于第一角度,操作轴31上的轴突出部313朝向图27的右侧,驱动盘21在第一位置,分闸卡扣14卡入驱动盘21的驱动开口215中。结合图25a所示,图25a是自由脱扣机构1处于分闸状态的示意图,其中,驱动扭簧22中的驱动扭簧主体223套设在第一驱动限位部213上,第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222位于第二驱动限位部214和第一操作盘32下方的第二卡位部322位于第五扭臂221和第六扭臂222之间,第二驱动限位部214与驱动开口215具有一定距离,在本实施方式中,第二驱动限位部214与驱动开口215位于第一驱动限位部213的两侧。Please combine Fig. 5 and Fig. 27, Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the free trip mechanism 1 manual closing. When the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the initial state of manual closing, as shown in step S Ⅰ in Figure 27, the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the opening state, the operating shaft 31 is at the first angle, and the shaft protrusion on the operating shaft 31 313 faces to the right side of FIG. 27 , the driving disc 21 is in the first position, and the opening buckle 14 is snapped into the driving opening 215 of the driving disc 21 . As shown in Figure 25a, Figure 25a is a schematic diagram of the free release mechanism 1 in the opening state, wherein the driving torsion spring main body 223 of the driving torsion spring 22 is sleeved on the first driving stopper 213, and the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 are located between the second drive limiter 214 and the second clamping portion 322 below the first operation plate 32 is located between the fifth torsion arm 221 and the sixth torsion arm 222 , the second drive limiter 214 has a certain distance from the driving opening 215 . In this embodiment, the second driving limiting portion 214 and the driving opening 215 are located on two sides of the first driving limiting portion 213 .
请结合图21a、图21b和图21c,操作轴31的操作轴卡端312穿过操作卡板35上的卡孔 351,操作轴卡端312邻近操作卡板35设置的一端设有沿径向凹陷的卡槽311,卡孔351的部分周壁位于卡槽311中。请再结合图24a,操作卡板35的两端分别固定在第五固定杆115和第三固定杆113、第六固定杆116和第四固定杆114上。操作卡板35用于避免操作轴31在旋转时偏离轴线位置,避免晃动,进而影响控制精度。Please refer to Fig. 21a, Fig. 21b and Fig. 21c, the operating shaft clamping end 312 of the operating shaft 31 passes through the clamping hole 351 on the operating clamping plate 35, and one end of the operating shaft clamping end 312 adjacent to the operating clamping plate 35 is provided with a The recessed locking groove 311 , a part of the peripheral wall of the locking hole 351 is located in the locking groove 311 . Please refer to FIG. 24 a again, the two ends of the operation clamp 35 are respectively fixed on the fifth fixed rod 115 and the third fixed rod 113 , the sixth fixed rod 116 and the fourth fixed rod 114 . The operating clamping plate 35 is used to prevent the operating shaft 31 from deviating from the axis position during rotation, avoiding shaking, and further affecting the control accuracy.
请结合图26a,第一操作盘32的第一推闸部323与合闸卡扣12抵接,以将合闸卡扣12和合闸弹性件13挤压在合闸凹槽121内。再结合图6,第二操作盘33中的圆盘331与操作轴31固定连接,第二操作盘33的突出杆332位于脱扣半轴61和第一固定部341之间,第二操作盘33与脱扣半轴61为锁持状态,即脱扣半轴61的第一锁持部611与第二操作盘33抵接以锁持。Referring to FIG. 26 a , the first brake pushing portion 323 of the first operation panel 32 abuts against the closing buckle 12 to press the closing buckle 12 and the closing elastic member 13 into the closing groove 121 . 6, the disc 331 in the second operating panel 33 is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31, the protruding rod 332 of the second operating panel 33 is located between the tripping half shaft 61 and the first fixed part 341, the second operating panel 33 and the tripping shaft 61 are in a locked state, that is, the first locking portion 611 of the tripping shaft 61 abuts against the second operation plate 33 for locking.
如图27中的步骤S Ⅰ所示,储能盘41与解扣半轴51为解锁状态,结合图17,即储能顶板412位于解扣半轴51的第二缺口部512中。As shown in step SI in FIG. 27, the energy storage disc 41 and the trip axle 51 are in an unlocked state. Referring to FIG. 17, the energy storage top plate 412 is located in the second notch 512 of the trip axle 51.
如图27中的步骤S Ⅰ所示,即自由脱扣机构1处于分闸状态时,旋钮101(图中未示出)与操作轴31固定连接,操作轴31与第二操作盘33固定连接,第二操作盘33与脱扣半轴61锁持(即处于第一状态)而保持相对固定,脱扣半轴61通过操作固定盘34与第一操作盘32相对固定,使得脱扣半轴61与第一操作盘32在操作轴31的周向上固定连接;第一操作盘32通过第二卡位部322与驱动扭簧22的第六扭臂222抵接(图27中的步骤S Ⅰ未示出,结合图25a);第一操作盘32通过第一卡位部321与储能盘41抵接,储能盘41通过储能连接部414与储能扭簧42的第三扭臂421抵接。As shown in step S I in Figure 27, that is, when the free release mechanism 1 is in the opening state, the knob 101 (not shown in the figure) is fixedly connected to the operating shaft 31, and the operating shaft 31 is fixedly connected to the second operating panel 33 , the second operating plate 33 is locked with the tripping half shaft 61 (that is, in the first state) and remains relatively fixed. 61 is fixedly connected with the first operating disk 32 in the circumferential direction of the operating shaft 31; the first operating disk 32 abuts against the sixth torsion arm 222 of the driving torsion spring 22 through the second locking part 322 (step S Ⅰ in FIG. 27 Not shown, in conjunction with FIG. 25 a ); the first operating panel 32 abuts against the energy storage disk 41 through the first clamping portion 321 , and the energy storage disk 41 contacts the third torsion arm of the energy storage torsion spring 42 through the energy storage connecting portion 414 421 abutment.
自由脱扣机构1手动分闸过程如下:The manual opening process of free tripping mechanism 1 is as follows:
如图27中的步骤S Ⅰ所示,顺时针转动旋钮101(参阅图5,图27中未示出旋钮101),旋钮101带动操作轴31顺时针S旋转,操作轴31通过第二操作盘33、脱扣半轴61带动第一操作盘32顺时针旋转,第一操作盘32通过第一卡位部321带动储能盘41顺时针旋转,储能盘41带动第三扭臂421顺时针旋转以使储能扭簧42储能,第一操作盘32通过第二卡位部322带动驱动扭簧22的第六扭臂222顺时针S旋转,此时驱动盘21与分闸卡扣14卡合保持不动,第六扭臂222顺时针S旋转以使驱动扭簧22储能(如图23b所示);As shown in step S I in Figure 27, turn the knob 101 clockwise (see Figure 5, the knob 101 is not shown in Figure 27), the knob 101 drives the operating shaft 31 to rotate clockwise S, and the operating shaft 31 passes through the second operating disc 33. The trip axle shaft 61 drives the first operation panel 32 to rotate clockwise, the first operation panel 32 drives the energy storage disc 41 to rotate clockwise through the first locking part 321, and the energy storage disc 41 drives the third torsion arm 421 to rotate clockwise Rotate to store energy in the energy storage torsion spring 42, the first operation panel 32 drives the sixth torsion arm 222 of the torsion spring 22 to rotate clockwise S through the second locking part 322, at this time the drive panel 21 and the opening buckle 14 The engagement remains stationary, and the sixth torsion arm 222 rotates clockwise S to store energy for the drive torsion spring 22 (as shown in FIG. 23b );
如图27中的步骤S Ⅱ所示,当第一操作盘32在顺时针S转动过程中,第一操作盘32的第二推闸部324逐渐将分闸卡扣14推开,分闸弹簧15被压缩,当转动至合闸死点位置时(如图28中的步骤S Ⅱ所示),其中合闸死点位置是指分闸卡扣14从驱动开口215中完全分离时的位置,或者说分闸卡扣14位于驱动开口215的边缘位置,此时分闸卡扣14被完全推开,驱动盘21不再受到分闸卡扣14的约束,使得驱动盘21在周向上可旋转,此时驱动扭簧22的第六扭臂222和第五扭臂221张开(如图23b所示);As shown in step S II in Fig. 27, when the first operating panel 32 is rotating clockwise S, the second pushing part 324 of the first operating panel 32 gradually pushes the opening buckle 14 away, and the opening spring 15 is compressed, when turning to the closing dead point position (as shown in step S Ⅱ in Figure 28), wherein the closing dead point position refers to the position when the opening buckle 14 is completely separated from the driving opening 215, In other words, the opening buckle 14 is located at the edge of the driving opening 215. At this time, the opening buckle 14 is completely pushed away, and the driving disc 21 is no longer constrained by the opening buckle 14, so that the driving disc 21 can rotate in the circumferential direction. At this time, the sixth torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 of the torsion spring 22 are driven to open (as shown in FIG. 23 b );
结合图23b,当驱动盘21在周向上不被分闸卡扣14约束时,驱动扭簧22释能,第五扭臂221会带动第二驱动限位部214顺时针旋转,并带动驱动盘21顺时针旋转,当驱动盘21的驱动开口215旋转到合闸位置(第二位置)时,即驱动开口215旋转到合闸卡扣12的位置时,合闸弹簧13回复使合闸卡扣12推入驱动开口215中而将驱动盘21锁定,合闸完成(如图27中步骤S Ⅲ和图28中的步骤S Ⅲ所示),驱动扭簧22释能释能后如图24a所示。Referring to Figure 23b, when the drive plate 21 is not constrained by the opening buckle 14 in the circumferential direction, the drive torsion spring 22 is released, and the fifth torsion arm 221 will drive the second drive limiter 214 to rotate clockwise, and drive the drive plate 21 rotates clockwise, when the driving opening 215 of the driving disk 21 rotates to the closing position (second position), that is, when the driving opening 215 rotates to the position of the closing buckle 12, the closing spring 13 returns to make the closing buckle 12 is pushed into the driving opening 215 to lock the driving disk 21, and the closing is completed (as shown in step S III in Figure 27 and step S III in Figure 28), and the driving torsion spring 22 is released after energy release, as shown in Figure 24a Show.
如图27中的步骤S Ⅳ所示,此时解扣驱动件52在合闸信号的控制下顺时针旋转,并驱动解扣半轴51顺时针S旋转,驱动解扣半轴51的第二锁持部511与储能顶板412抵接,以将储能盘41与解扣半轴51锁持(如图28中的步骤S Ⅳ所示)。在本实施方式中,此时操作轴31上的轴突出部313完成顺时针旋转90°。As shown in step S IV in Fig. 27, at this time, the trip driving member 52 rotates clockwise under the control of the closing signal, and drives the trip semi-axis 51 to rotate clockwise S, and drives the second side of the trip semi-axis 51. The locking part 511 abuts against the energy storage top plate 412 to lock the energy storage disc 41 and the trip axle shaft 51 (as shown in step S IV in FIG. 28 ). In this embodiment, at this moment, the shaft protrusion 313 on the operation shaft 31 completes a clockwise rotation of 90°.
自由脱扣机构1手动分闸过程如下:The manual opening process of free tripping mechanism 1 is as follows:
结合图29和图30,图29是自由脱扣机构1分闸的运作过程示意图,图30是图29各步骤视图的俯视图,自由脱扣机构1手动分闸的初始状态如图29中的步骤S Ⅰ所示,图29中的步骤S Ⅰ与图27中的步骤S Ⅳ相同,此时驱动盘21在合闸位置(如图24a所示的第二位置),手动分闸时,旋钮逆时针N旋转旋钮101(图29中未示出),旋钮101驱动操作轴31逆时针N旋转,操作轴31带动第二操作盘33逆时针N旋转,结合图12a和图12b,第二操作盘33抵接操作固定盘34的第一固定部341,而操作固定盘34的第二固定部342通过脱扣半轴61与第一操作盘32连接,即第二操作盘33通过操作固定盘34、脱扣半轴61带动第一操作盘32逆时针N旋转,再结合图24b,第一操作盘32通过第二卡位部322带动驱动扭簧22的第五扭臂221逆时针N旋转,以使驱动扭簧22储能;Combining Figure 29 and Figure 30, Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the operation process of the free trip mechanism 1 opening, and Figure 30 is a top view of the steps in Figure 29, and the initial state of the free trip mechanism 1 manual opening is shown in the steps in Figure 29 As shown in S Ⅰ, step S Ⅰ in Fig. 29 is the same as step S Ⅳ in Fig. 27. At this time, the drive disc 21 is in the closing position (the second position as shown in Fig. 24a). Rotate the knob 101 clockwise N (not shown in Figure 29), the knob 101 drives the operating shaft 31 to rotate counterclockwise N, and the operating shaft 31 drives the second operating panel 33 to rotate counterclockwise N, referring to Figures 12a and 12b, the second operating panel 33 abuts against the first fixed part 341 of the operation fixed disk 34, and the second fixed part 342 of the operation fixed disk 34 is connected with the first operation disk 32 through the release half shaft 61, that is, the second operation disk 33 passes through the operation fixed disk 34 1. The tripping half shaft 61 drives the first operating panel 32 to rotate counterclockwise N, and referring to FIG. 24b, the first operating panel 32 drives the fifth torsion arm 221 of the torsion spring 22 to rotate counterclockwise N through the second locking part 322, To make the drive torsion spring 22 store energy;
如图29中的步骤S Ⅱ所示,第一操作盘32的第一推闸部323逆时针N旋转逐渐将合闸卡扣12推开,合闸弹簧13被压缩,当转动至分闸死点位置时(如图30中的步骤S Ⅱ所示),其中分闸死点位置是指合闸卡扣12从驱动开口215中完全分离时的位置,或者说合闸卡扣12位于驱动开口215的边缘位置,此时合闸卡扣12被完全推开,驱动盘21不再受到合闸卡扣12的约束,使得驱动盘21在周向上可旋转,此时驱动扭簧22的第六扭臂222和第五扭臂221张开(如图24b所示);As shown in step S II in Fig. 29, the first brake pushing part 323 of the first operation panel 32 rotates counterclockwise N to gradually push the closing buckle 12 away, and the closing spring 13 is compressed. point position (as shown in step S Ⅱ in Figure 30), wherein the opening dead point position refers to the position when the closing buckle 12 is completely separated from the driving opening 215, or the closing buckle 12 is located at the driving opening 215 edge position, at this time the closing buckle 12 is fully pushed away, the driving disc 21 is no longer constrained by the closing buckle 12, so that the driving disc 21 can rotate in the circumferential direction, and the sixth torsion spring 22 is driven The torsion arm 222 and the fifth torsion arm 221 are opened (as shown in Figure 24b);
结合图24b,当驱动盘21在周向上不被合闸卡扣12约束时,驱动扭簧22释能,第六扭臂222会带动第二驱动限位部214逆时针N旋转,并带动驱动盘21逆时针N旋转,当驱动盘21的驱动开口215旋转到分闸位置时,分闸弹簧15回复使分闸卡扣14推入驱动开口215中而将驱动盘21锁定,此时自由脱扣机构1分闸完成(如图29中步骤S Ⅲ和图30中的步骤SⅢ所示)。在手动分闸过程中储能组件40储能完成,保持储能状态,即储能盘41和储能扭簧42的位置不变。Referring to Figure 24b, when the drive plate 21 is not constrained by the closing buckle 12 in the circumferential direction, the drive torsion spring 22 is released, and the sixth torsion arm 222 will drive the second drive limiter 214 to rotate counterclockwise N, and drive the drive The disk 21 rotates counterclockwise N, when the driving opening 215 of the driving disk 21 rotates to the opening position, the opening spring 15 returns to push the opening buckle 14 into the driving opening 215 to lock the driving disk 21, at this time, it is free to release. The opening of the buckle mechanism 1 is completed (as shown in step S III in Figure 29 and step S III in Figure 30). During the manual opening process, the energy storage assembly 40 completes the energy storage and maintains the energy storage state, that is, the positions of the energy storage disc 41 and the energy storage torsion spring 42 remain unchanged.
如图31所示,再次手动合闸时,顺时针转动旋钮101(图中未示出),操作组件30中的操作轴31、第二操作盘33、操作固定盘34、脱扣组件60、第一操作盘32一起顺时针S转动,转动过程中,第一操作盘32逐渐将分闸卡扣14推开,分闸弹簧15被压缩,当转动至合闸死点位置时(如图31中的步骤S Ⅰ所示),分闸卡扣14被完全推开,驱动盘21在驱动扭簧22的作用下顺时针旋转,到合闸位置时,合闸弹簧13回复使合闸卡扣12推进将驱动盘21锁定,如图31中的步骤S Ⅱ所示,图31中的步骤S Ⅱ与图27中的步骤S Ⅳ相同。在手动合闸过程中储能组件40储能完成,保持储能状态,当在储能扭簧42完成储能后,只要储能扭簧42没有释能,储能盘41和储能扭簧42的位置就一直保持不变。As shown in Figure 31, when closing the brake manually again, turn the knob 101 clockwise (not shown in the figure), the operating shaft 31 in the operating assembly 30, the second operating disk 33, the operating fixed disk 34, the tripping assembly 60, The first operating panel 32 rotates clockwise S together. During the rotation, the first operating panel 32 gradually pushes the opening buckle 14 away, and the opening spring 15 is compressed. As shown in step S Ⅰ in ), the opening buckle 14 is completely pushed open, and the driving plate 21 rotates clockwise under the action of the driving torsion spring 22. When it reaches the closing position, the closing spring 13 returns to make the closing buckle 12 advance and drive disc 21 is locked, as shown in step S Ⅱ among Fig. 31, step S Ⅱ among Fig. 31 is identical with step S Ⅳ among Fig. 27. In the manual closing process, the energy storage component 40 is stored and the energy storage state is maintained. After the energy storage torsion spring 42 completes the energy storage, as long as the energy storage torsion spring 42 is not released, the energy storage disc 41 and the energy storage torsion spring The position of 42 has remained unchanged.
本申请的自由脱扣机构手动分闸和手动合闸的链路结构简单,且使得自由脱扣机构更小型化和轻量化。The link structure of the manual opening and closing of the free tripping mechanism of the present application is simple, and makes the free tripping mechanism smaller and lighter.
自由脱扣机构1分闸过程如下:The opening process of free tripping mechanism 1 is as follows:
结合图32和图33,图32是自由脱扣机构1分闸的运作过程示意图,图33是图32各步骤视图的俯视图。自由脱扣机构1分闸的初始状态如图32中的步骤S Ⅰ所示,图32中的步骤S Ⅰ与图27中的步骤S Ⅳ相同,此时自由脱扣机构1处于合闸状态,储能盘41处于锁定状态,即储能盘41的储能顶板412与解扣半轴51锁持,储能扭簧42储能完成,保持储能状态,驱动盘21处于第二位置。Combining FIG. 32 and FIG. 33 , FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the opening process of the free release mechanism 1 , and FIG. 33 is a top view of each step view in FIG. 32 . The initial state of the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 is shown in step S Ⅰ in Figure 32, and the step S Ⅰ in Figure 32 is the same as the step S Ⅳ in Figure 27, and the free tripping mechanism 1 is in the closing state at this time, The energy storage disk 41 is in the locked state, that is, the energy storage top plate 412 of the energy storage disk 41 is locked with the trip axle 51 , the energy storage torsion spring 42 is completed, and the energy storage state remains, and the driving disk 21 is in the second position.
自由脱扣机构1分闸时,第一解扣杆521在分闸信号的控制下逆时针N旋转,并推动解扣半轴51和第二解扣杆522逆时针N旋转,分闸信号是指电子设备或者功率变换装置100中短路时由控制单元301发出的分闸的信号,解扣半轴51逆时针N旋转使得储能顶板412位于第二缺口部512中而使储能盘41与解扣半轴51解锁(如图32和图33中的步骤S Ⅱ所示), 此时储能扭簧42释能,第三扭臂421回复带动储能连接部414逆时针N旋转(如图32中的步骤S Ⅳ所示),以使储能盘41逆时针N旋转;第二解扣杆522推动脱扣驱动件62顺时针S旋转(如图33中的步骤S Ⅱ所示),以使得第二操作盘33位于脱扣半轴61的第一缺口部612中而与脱扣半轴61解锁,请结合图9b、图9c和图9d,此时脱扣半轴61、第一操作盘32可相对操作轴31逆时针N旋转。When the free tripping mechanism 1 is opened, the first tripping lever 521 rotates counterclockwise N under the control of the opening signal, and pushes the tripping half shaft 51 and the second tripping lever 522 to rotate counterclockwise N, and the opening signal is Refers to the opening signal sent by the control unit 301 when there is a short circuit in the electronic device or power conversion device 100, the tripping shaft 51 rotates counterclockwise N so that the energy storage top plate 412 is located in the second notch 512 and the energy storage plate 41 and the The half-shaft 51 of the trip is unlocked (as shown in step S II in Figure 32 and Figure 33), at this time the energy storage torsion spring 42 releases energy, and the third torsion arm 421 returns to drive the energy storage connection part 414 to rotate counterclockwise N (as Shown in step S IV in Figure 32), so that the energy storage disc 41 rotates counterclockwise N; the second trip lever 522 pushes the trip driver 62 to rotate clockwise S (shown in step S II in Figure 33) , so that the second operating panel 33 is located in the first notch 612 of the tripping half shaft 61 and is unlocked with the tripping half shaft 61, please refer to Fig. 9b, Fig. 9c and Fig. 9d, at this time the tripping half shaft 61, the first An operation disk 32 can rotate counterclockwise N relative to the operation shaft 31 .
当储能盘41在储能扭簧42释能时逆时针N旋转时,储能盘41中的储能突出部413通过第一卡位部321带动第一操作盘32逆时针旋转,此时若操作轴31卡死无法旋转,而脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33锁持时,第一操作盘32、脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33均与操作轴31保持固定不动,第一操作盘32是无法被储能突出部413驱动旋转的。在本实施方式中,为了防止在自由脱扣机构1分闸时操作轴31卡死而使得第一操作盘32无法旋转,设置了脱扣组件60,即在分闸时,脱扣组件60与第二操作盘33解锁,使得脱扣组件60、第一操作盘32相对操作轴31可旋转。When the energy storage disk 41 rotates counterclockwise N when the energy storage torsion spring 42 releases energy, the energy storage protruding part 413 in the energy storage disk 41 drives the first operation panel 32 to rotate counterclockwise through the first locking part 321, at this time If the operating shaft 31 is stuck and unable to rotate, and the tripping half shaft 61 is locked with the second operating disc 33, the first operating disc 32, the tripping semi shaft 61 and the second operating disc 33 remain fixed with the operating shaft 31. The first operation panel 32 cannot be driven to rotate by the protruding portion 413 of the energy storage. In this embodiment, in order to prevent the operation shaft 31 from being stuck when the free tripping mechanism 1 is opened, so that the first operation panel 32 cannot rotate, a trip assembly 60 is provided, that is, when the trip assembly 60 is opened, the trip assembly 60 and the first operation panel 32 cannot rotate. The second operating plate 33 is unlocked, so that the trip assembly 60 and the first operating plate 32 can rotate relative to the operating shaft 31 .
在本实施方式中,储能突出部413旋转到合闸卡扣12位置时,将合闸卡扣12向外推,其中,合闸卡扣12远离底座11的一端与底座11底部的垂直距离大于储能突出部413与底座11底部的垂直距离,储能突出部413远离操作轴31的一端与操作轴31轴线的垂直距离和第一操作盘32边缘与操作轴31轴线的最大垂直距离相等(或者说半径相等)。使得储能突出部413在旋转到合闸卡扣12的位置时可向外侧推动合闸卡扣12。其中,储能扭簧42的尺寸和储能能力需要满足能够推动合闸卡扣12且还能够推动第一操作盘32旋转,储能扭簧42的具体尺寸和储能强度可根据自由脱扣机构1的尺寸和实际需要来设置,只要能够满足在合闸时储能扭簧42储能完成并具有足能弹性能量,可使得在分闸时,储能扭簧42能够推开合闸卡扣12以及推动第一操作盘32旋转以完成分闸。In this embodiment, when the energy storage protrusion 413 is rotated to the position of the closing buckle 12, the closing buckle 12 is pushed outward, wherein the vertical distance between the end of the closing buckle 12 away from the base 11 and the bottom of the base 11 is Greater than the vertical distance between the energy storage protrusion 413 and the bottom of the base 11, the vertical distance between the end of the energy storage protrusion 413 away from the operation shaft 31 and the axis of the operation shaft 31 is equal to the maximum vertical distance between the edge of the first operation plate 32 and the axis of the operation shaft 31 (or equivalent radii). The protruding portion 413 for energy storage can push the closing buckle 12 to the outside when it is rotated to the position of the closing buckle 12 . Wherein, the size and energy storage capacity of the energy storage torsion spring 42 need to be able to push the closing buckle 12 and can also push the first operation panel 32 to rotate. The specific size and energy storage strength of the energy storage torsion spring 42 can be determined according to the The size of the mechanism 1 and the actual needs are set, as long as it can meet the energy storage of the energy storage torsion spring 42 when closing the switch and has enough elastic energy, it can make the energy storage torsion spring 42 push the closing card when the switch is opened. Buckle 12 and push the first operating panel 32 to rotate to complete the opening.
在本实施方式中,通过储能突出部413先推开合闸卡扣12(如图32中的步骤S Ⅲ和图33中的步骤S Ⅲ所示),此时储能扭簧42的弹性能量通过储能突出部413推开合闸卡扣12,无需再通过储能突出部413带动第一操作盘32的第一推闸部323来推开合闸卡扣12,使得储能扭簧42的弹性能量传递到合闸卡扣12的路径更短,更节能,极大提高了储能扭簧42的弹性能量的利用率,减少储能力矩。其中储能突出部413的半径与驱动盘21的半径相同,使得储能突出部413能够推开合闸卡扣12,在储能扭簧42储能完成时,储能突出部413与合闸卡扣12的距离较小,使得储能扭簧42在释能时,仅需要储能突出部413旋转较小的角度就可以达到合闸卡扣12的位置,使得分闸更及时,且可以节省储能扭簧42的弹性能量。当储能突出部413推开合闸卡扣12,合闸弹簧13被压缩,当合闸卡扣12被完全推开,驱动盘21在驱动扭簧22的作用下逆时针旋转,直到驱动开口215旋转到分闸位置时,分闸弹簧15回复使分闸卡扣14推进将驱动盘21的驱动开口215中而与驱动盘21锁定,此时自由脱扣机构1分闸完成(如图32中的步骤S Ⅳ和图33中的步骤S Ⅳ所示)。In this embodiment, the closing buckle 12 is first pushed away by the energy storage protruding portion 413 (as shown in step S III in FIG. 32 and step S III in FIG. 33 ), at this time, the elasticity of the energy storage torsion spring 42 The energy pushes the closing buckle 12 through the energy storage protruding part 413, and it is not necessary to push the closing buckle 12 through the energy storage protruding part 413 to drive the first pushing part 323 of the first operating panel 32, so that the energy storage torsion spring The path for the elastic energy of 42 to be transmitted to the closing buckle 12 is shorter and more energy-saving, which greatly improves the utilization rate of the elastic energy of the energy storage torsion spring 42 and reduces the energy storage torque. Wherein the radius of energy storage protruding portion 413 is identical with the radius of drive plate 21, makes energy storage protruding portion 413 push away closing buckle 12, when energy storage torsion spring 42 energy storage is completed, energy storage protruding portion 413 and closing The distance of the buckle 12 is small, so that when the energy storage torsion spring 42 is releasing energy, only the energy storage protrusion 413 needs to be rotated at a small angle to reach the position of the closing buckle 12, so that the opening is more timely and can The elastic energy of the energy storage torsion spring 42 is saved. When the energy storage protrusion 413 pushes the closing buckle 12, the closing spring 13 is compressed, and when the closing buckle 12 is fully pushed away, the driving disc 21 rotates counterclockwise under the action of the driving torsion spring 22 until the opening is opened. When 215 is rotated to the opening position, the opening spring 15 returns to push the opening buckle 14 into the driving opening 215 of the driving disc 21 and locks with the driving disc 21. At this time, the opening of the free tripping mechanism 1 is completed (as shown in Figure 32 Step S IV in and shown in step S IV in Figure 33).
结合图9d、图9e以及图34a和图34b,图34a是分闸完成时脱扣组件60和操作组件30的俯视图,图34b是操作轴31复位后的俯视图,由于操作轴31在自由脱扣机构1分闸过程中处于卡死状态,当分闸完成时,第二操作盘33在脱扣半轴61远离第一固定部341的一侧,操作轴31处于合闸时的第二角度,此时需要转动旋钮101使得操作轴31,复位扭簧80释能,驱动操作轴31逆时针旋转,操作轴31带动第二操作盘33逆时针旋转至脱扣半轴61和第一固定部341之间,操作轴31复位后的状态如图32中的步骤S Ⅴ和图33中的步骤S Ⅴ所示,图32中的步骤S Ⅴ与图27中的步骤S Ⅰ相同。Combining Figure 9d, Figure 9e and Figure 34a and Figure 34b, Figure 34a is a top view of the tripping assembly 60 and the operating assembly 30 when the opening is completed, Figure 34b is a top view of the operating shaft 31 after reset, since the operating shaft 31 is free to trip Mechanism 1 is in a stuck state during the opening process. When the opening is completed, the second operating panel 33 is on the side of the tripping half shaft 61 away from the first fixed part 341, and the operating shaft 31 is at the second angle when closing. Need to turn the knob 101 to make the operating shaft 31 release the energy of the return torsion spring 80, drive the operating shaft 31 to rotate counterclockwise, and the operating shaft 31 drives the second operating disk 33 to rotate counterclockwise to the position between the tripping half shaft 61 and the first fixing part 341. In the meantime, the state after the operating shaft 31 is reset is shown in step S Ⅴ among Fig. 32 and step S Ⅴ among Fig. 33, and step S Ⅴ among Fig. 32 is identical with step S Ⅰ among Fig. 27.
如若在分闸时脱扣组件60与第二操作盘33保持锁持状态,或者说没有脱扣组件60时, 当操作轴31卡死无法旋转时,例如当使用者正要手动分闸时,使用者的手还处于紧握旋钮101的状态时解扣组件50接收到分闸的信号,此时操作轴31卡死无法旋转,而脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33锁持时,第一操作盘32、脱扣半轴61与第二操作盘33均与操作轴31保持固定不动,第一操作盘32是无法被储能突出部413驱动旋转的,此时自由脱扣机构1分闸过程无法完成,会导致驱动盘21不能及时控制电气设备的电路断开,进而影响正常工作。在本实施方式中,通过设置脱扣组件60,在分闸时,解扣组件50在释放储能盘41时还驱动脱扣组件60与第二操作盘33、操作轴31解锁,使得第一操作盘32可在储能组件40释能时顺利的旋转,进而可使驱动盘21精准控制电子设备或者功率变换装置100的自由脱扣机构,提升自由脱扣机构1远程分闸的可靠性。If the trip assembly 60 and the second operation panel 33 remain in a locked state when opening the brake, or when there is no trip assembly 60, when the operating shaft 31 is stuck and unable to rotate, for example, when the user is about to manually open the brake, When the user's hand is still in the state of gripping the knob 101, the tripping assembly 50 receives the signal of opening the brake. At this time, the operating shaft 31 is stuck and cannot rotate. The first operating panel 32, the tripping half shaft 61 and the second operating panel 33 are kept fixed with the operating shaft 31, and the first operating panel 32 cannot be driven to rotate by the energy storage protrusion 413. At this time, the free tripping mechanism 1. Failure to complete the opening process will cause the drive panel 21 to fail to control the circuit disconnection of the electrical equipment in time, thereby affecting normal operation. In this embodiment, by setting the trip assembly 60, when the brake is opened, the trip assembly 50 also drives the trip assembly 60 to unlock the second operation panel 33 and the operation shaft 31 when the energy storage disc 41 is released, so that the first The operation panel 32 can rotate smoothly when the energy storage component 40 releases energy, so that the drive panel 21 can accurately control the free trip mechanism of the electronic device or the power conversion device 100 , and improve the reliability of the remote opening of the free trip mechanism 1 .
以上对本申请实施例所提供的自由脱扣机构、开关、电子设备以及供电系统进行了详细介绍,本文中应用了具体个例对本申请的原理及实施例进行了阐述,以上实施例的说明只是用于帮助理解本申请的方法及其核心思想;同时,对于本领域的一般技术人员,依据本申请的思想,在具体实施例及应用范围上均会有改变之处,综上所述,本说明书内容不应理解为对本申请的限制。The free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic equipment and power supply system provided by the embodiment of the present application have been introduced in detail above. In this paper, specific examples have been used to illustrate the principle and embodiments of the present application. The description of the above embodiments is only used To help understand the method of the present application and its core idea; at the same time, for those of ordinary skill in the art, according to the idea of the present application, there will be changes in the specific embodiments and application scope. In summary, this specification The content should not be construed as a limitation of the application.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述自由脱扣机构包括:A free tripping mechanism, characterized in that the free tripping mechanism comprises:
    操作组件,包括操作轴和套设在所述操作轴上的第一操作盘;An operating assembly, including an operating shaft and a first operating disk sleeved on the operating shaft;
    储能组件,用于储能或者释能,在所述储能组件释能时,所述储能组件还用于驱动所述第一操作盘旋转;An energy storage component is used for storing or releasing energy, and when the energy storage component is releasing energy, the energy storage component is also used to drive the first operation panel to rotate;
    脱扣组件,固定连接至所述第一操作盘,所述脱扣组件包括第一状态和第二状态,在所述第一状态下,所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴锁持,在所述第二状态下,所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴解锁;a tripping assembly, fixedly connected to the first operating panel, the tripping assembly includes a first state and a second state, in the first state, the tripping assembly is locked with the operating shaft, and in In the second state, the tripping assembly is unlocked from the operating shaft;
    解扣组件,用于在所述储能组件储能完成时与所述储能组件锁持,或者在分闸信号的控制下与所述储能组件解锁并且驱动所述脱扣组件从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,使得所述储能组件释能,以驱动所述第一操作盘旋转实现自由脱扣机构的分闸。The tripping component is used to lock the energy storage component when the energy storage component is completed, or unlock the energy storage component under the control of the opening signal and drive the tripping component from the Switching from the first state to the second state causes the energy storage component to release energy to drive the first operation panel to rotate to realize the opening of the free tripping mechanism.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述脱扣组件包括脱扣半轴,所述操作组件还包括第二操作盘,所述第二操作盘固定连接至所述操作轴,所述脱扣半轴与所述第一操作盘转动连接,所述脱扣半轴包括相对设置的第一锁持部和第一缺口部;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 1, wherein the tripping assembly includes a tripping half shaft, and the operating assembly further includes a second operating plate, the second operating plate is fixedly connected to the operating shaft, the tripping half shaft is rotatably connected to the first operation panel, and the tripping half shaft includes a first locking part and a first notch part that are oppositely arranged;
    在所述第一状态下,所述第二操作盘与所述第一锁持部接触以与所述第一锁持部锁持,进而将所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴锁持;In the first state, the second operation plate is in contact with the first locking portion to be locked with the first locking portion, thereby locking the tripping assembly with the operation shaft;
    在所述第二状态下,所述第二操作盘位于所述第一缺口部的内部空间且能够相对所述第一缺口部旋转,以使所述脱扣半轴与所述第二操作盘解锁,进而将所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴解锁;In the second state, the second operation plate is located in the inner space of the first notch and can rotate relative to the first notch, so that the tripping half shaft and the second operation plate unlocking, thereby unlocking the trip assembly and the operating shaft;
    所述解扣组件用于在分闸信号的控制下驱动所述脱扣半轴旋转,以使所述脱扣组件从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态。The tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping shaft to rotate under the control of the opening signal, so that the tripping assembly is switched from the first state to the second state.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述脱扣组件还包括脱扣扭簧,所述脱扣扭簧套设在所述脱扣半轴上,所述脱扣扭簧用于在所述解扣组件对所述脱扣半轴的驱动力解除时,驱动所述脱扣半轴旋转,以使所述第一锁持部复位。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 2, wherein the tripping assembly further includes a tripping torsion spring, the tripping torsion spring is sleeved on the tripping half shaft, and the tripping torsion The spring is used to drive the trip semi-shaft to rotate when the driving force of the trip assembly to the trip semi-shaft is released, so as to reset the first locking part.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述操作组件还包括操作固定盘,所述操作固定盘固定在所述第一操作盘上,所述脱扣半轴转动连接在所述操作固定盘上而与所述第一操作盘转动连接,所述脱扣组件还包括脱扣驱动件,所述脱扣驱动件与所述脱扣半轴固定连接,所述解扣组件用于驱动所述脱扣驱动件旋转时,所述脱扣驱动件用于带动所述脱扣半轴旋转,使得所述第二操作盘位于所述第一缺口部的内部空间且能够相对所述第一缺口部旋转,以使所述脱扣组件与所述第二操作盘解锁。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 3, wherein the operating assembly further includes an operating fixed plate, the operating fixed plate is fixed on the first operating plate, and the tripping half shaft is rotatably connected to The operation fixed plate is rotatably connected with the first operation plate, and the tripping assembly further includes a tripping driver, and the tripping driver is fixedly connected with the tripping half shaft, and the tripping assembly When used to drive the trip driver to rotate, the trip driver is used to drive the trip semi-axis to rotate, so that the second operation panel is located in the inner space of the first notch and can be opposite to the The first notch part is rotated to unlock the tripping assembly and the second operation panel.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述脱扣扭簧包括第一扭臂和第二扭臂,所述第一扭臂与所述操作固定盘连接,所述第二扭臂与所述脱扣驱动件连接,所述解扣组件用于驱动所述脱扣驱动件沿第一方向旋转时带动第二扭臂沿所述第一方向旋转,使得脱扣扭簧蓄能,当所述解扣组件对所述脱扣驱动件的驱动力解除时,所述脱扣扭簧通过所述第二扭臂驱动所述脱扣半轴沿第二方向旋转,以使所述第一锁持部复位,所述第二方向与所述第一方向相反。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 4, wherein the tripping torsion spring includes a first torsion arm and a second torsion arm, the first torsion arm is connected to the operation fixed disk, and the first torsion arm The two torsion arms are connected to the tripping driver, and the tripping assembly is used to drive the tripping driver to rotate in the first direction to drive the second torsion arm to rotate in the first direction, so that the tripping torsion spring accumulating energy, when the driving force of the tripping drive member from the tripping assembly is released, the tripping torsion spring drives the tripping half shaft to rotate in the second direction through the second torsion arm, so that The first locking portion resets, and the second direction is opposite to the first direction.
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述解扣组件包括固定连接的解扣半轴和解扣驱动杆,所述解扣半轴包括相对设置的第二锁持部和第二缺口部;The free tripping mechanism according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the tripping assembly includes a tripping half shaft and a tripping drive rod fixedly connected, and the tripping half shaft includes a second tripping shaft that is oppositely arranged. the second locking part and the second notch part;
    所述第二锁持部用于在所述储能组件储能完成时,与所述储能组件锁持,以使所述解扣组件与所述储能组件锁持;The second locking part is used to lock the energy storage component when the energy storage component is completed, so that the trip component is locked with the energy storage component;
    所述解扣驱动杆用于在接收到所述分闸信号时,带动所述解扣半轴旋转,以使所述储能组件中的部分位于所述第二缺口部的内部空间,实现所述解扣半轴与所述储能组件解锁,使得所述储能组件释能。The trip driving rod is used to drive the trip semi-axis to rotate when receiving the opening signal, so that the part of the energy storage component is located in the inner space of the second notch to realize the The trip axle shaft is unlocked with the energy storage assembly, so that the energy storage assembly releases energy.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述解扣驱动杆包括相互连接的第一解扣杆和第二解扣杆,所述第一解扣杆用于在所述分闸信号控制下旋转,驱动所述解扣半轴旋转,以实现所述解扣半轴与所述储能组件解锁;所述第一解扣杆还用于驱动所述第二解扣杆旋转,所述第二解扣杆旋转以实现所述脱扣组件与所述操作轴解锁。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 6, wherein the trip driving lever comprises a first trip lever and a second trip lever connected to each other, and the first trip lever is used in the Rotate under the control of the opening signal to drive the trip semi-shaft to rotate to realize the unlocking of the trip semi-shaft and the energy storage assembly; the first trip lever is also used to drive the second trip lever Rotate, the second trip lever rotates to realize the unlocking of the trip assembly and the operating shaft.
  8. 如权利要求6所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述解扣组件还包括解扣扭簧,所述解扣扭簧套设在所述解扣半轴上;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 6, wherein the tripping assembly further includes a tripping torsion spring, and the tripping torsion spring is sleeved on the tripping half shaft;
    在所述储能组件储能完成时,所述解扣扭簧用于释能并驱动所述第二锁持部与所述储能组件锁持;When the energy storage component is stored, the tripping torsion spring is used to release energy and drive the second locking part to lock with the energy storage component;
    当所述解扣驱动杆用于在所述分闸信号的控制下驱动所述解扣半轴旋转时,所述解扣扭簧还用于蓄能。When the trip driving lever is used to drive the trip half shaft to rotate under the control of the opening signal, the trip torsion spring is also used for energy storage.
  9. 如权利要求1-8任一项所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述储能组件包括套设在所述操作轴上的储能盘和储能扭簧,当所述储能组件释能时,所述储能盘与所述第一操作盘接触,所述储能扭簧用于驱动所述储能盘旋转,所述储能盘用于带动所述第一操作盘旋转。The free release mechanism according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the energy storage assembly includes an energy storage disk and an energy storage torsion spring sleeved on the operating shaft, when the energy storage When the component releases energy, the energy storage disk is in contact with the first operation disk, the energy storage torsion spring is used to drive the energy storage disk to rotate, and the energy storage disk is used to drive the first operation disk to rotate .
  10. 如权利要求9所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,当所述储能组件用于储能时,所述第一操作盘用于旋转带动所述储能盘旋转,所述储能盘在旋转时能够给所述储能扭簧蓄能,当所述储能扭簧蓄能完成时,所述储能组件储能完成。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 9, wherein when the energy storage assembly is used for energy storage, the first operation plate is used to rotate to drive the energy storage plate to rotate, and the energy storage plate The energy storage torsion spring can be stored during rotation, and when the energy storage of the energy storage torsion spring is completed, the energy storage of the energy storage component is completed.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述储能盘包括固定连接的储能底板和储能顶板,所述储能底板和所述储能顶板套设在所述操作轴上,且均与所述操作轴转动连接,所述储能扭簧位于所述储能底板和储能顶板之间,所述储能底板的外周设有储能突出部,所述第一操作盘朝向所述储能突出部的一侧设有第一卡位部,所述储能突出部与所述第一卡位部接触;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 10, wherein the energy storage disc includes an energy storage bottom plate and an energy storage top plate fixedly connected, and the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate are sheathed on the operating shaft, and are rotatably connected with the operating shaft, the energy storage torsion spring is located between the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate, the outer periphery of the energy storage bottom plate is provided with an energy storage protrusion, and the first The side of the operating panel facing the protruding portion of the energy storage is provided with a first locking portion, and the protruding portion of the energy storage is in contact with the first locking portion;
    当所述第一操作盘旋转时,所述第一卡位部用于推动所述储能突出部旋转,所述储能突出部用于带动所述储能底板和所述储能顶板旋转,并给所述储能扭簧蓄能;When the first operation panel rotates, the first locking part is used to push the energy storage protrusion to rotate, and the energy storage protrusion is used to drive the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate to rotate, And store energy for the energy storage torsion spring;
    在所述储能组件储能完成时,所述解扣组件用于与所述储能顶板锁持,以将所述解扣组件与所述储能组件锁持;所述解扣组件还用于在所述分闸信号的控制下与所述储能顶板解锁,进而与所述储能组件解锁。When the energy storage of the energy storage component is completed, the tripping component is used to lock the energy storage top plate, so as to lock the tripping component and the energy storage component; the tripping component is also used to Under the control of the opening signal, it is unlocked with the energy storage top plate, and then unlocked with the energy storage component.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述储能盘还包括储能连接部,所述储能连接部固定连接在所述储能底板和所述储能顶板之间,所述储能扭簧包括第三扭臂, 所述第三扭臂与所述储能连接部连接;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 11, wherein the energy storage disc further includes an energy storage connection part, and the energy storage connection part is fixedly connected between the energy storage bottom plate and the energy storage top plate , the energy storage torsion spring includes a third torsion arm, the third torsion arm is connected to the energy storage connection part;
    当所述解扣组件用于在所述分闸信号的控制下与所述储能顶板解锁时,所述储能扭簧用于释能,使得所述第三扭臂驱动所述储能连接部旋转,所述储能连接部通过所述储能突出部带动所述第一卡位部旋转,所述第一卡位部用于带动所述第一操作盘旋转。When the trip assembly is used to unlock the energy storage top plate under the control of the opening signal, the energy storage torsion spring is used to release energy, so that the third torsion arm drives the energy storage connection part rotates, the energy storage connection part drives the first locking part to rotate through the energy storage protruding part, and the first locking part is used to drive the first operation panel to rotate.
  13. 如权利要求11所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述储能盘还包括储能侧壁,所述储能侧壁环绕所述储能底板和/或所述储能顶板的周侧设置。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 11, wherein the energy storage disc further comprises an energy storage side wall, and the energy storage side wall surrounds the circumference of the energy storage bottom plate and/or the energy storage top plate side setting.
  14. 如权利要求1-13任一项所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述操作组件还包括操作卡板,所述操作卡板设有卡孔,所述操作轴插入所述卡孔中且能够相对所述卡孔旋转,所述操作轴邻近所述操作卡板设置的一端设有沿径向凹陷的卡槽,所述卡孔的部分周壁位于所述卡槽中。The free release mechanism according to any one of claims 1-13, characterized in that, the operating assembly further includes an operating clamping plate, the operating clamping plate is provided with a clamping hole, and the operating shaft is inserted into the clamping hole One end of the operating shaft adjacent to the operating clamping plate is provided with a radially recessed clamping groove, and part of the peripheral wall of the clamping hole is located in the clamping groove.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述操作轴包括邻近所述操作卡板设置的操作轴卡端,所述卡槽设置在所述操作轴卡端上;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 14, wherein the operating shaft includes an operating shaft clamping end disposed adjacent to the operating clamping plate, and the engaging groove is disposed on the operating shaft clamping end;
    所述卡孔具有沿第三方向的第一尺寸和沿第四方向的第二尺寸,所述第三方向和所述第四方向垂直,所述第一尺寸大于所述第二尺寸;The locking hole has a first size along a third direction and a second size along a fourth direction, the third direction is perpendicular to the fourth direction, and the first size is larger than the second size;
    所述操作轴卡端具有沿所述第三方向的第三尺寸和沿所述第四方向的第四尺寸,所述第三尺寸大于所述第四尺寸,所述第三尺寸还大于所述第二尺寸且小于或者等于所述第一尺寸,所述第四尺寸小于所述第二尺寸。The clamp end of the operating shaft has a third dimension along the third direction and a fourth dimension along the fourth direction, the third dimension is greater than the fourth dimension, and the third dimension is also greater than the The second size is smaller than or equal to the first size, and the fourth size is smaller than the second size.
  16. 如权利要求1-15任一项所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述自由脱扣机构还包括驱动组件,所述驱动组件包括套设在所述操作轴上的驱动盘和驱动扭簧,所述驱动盘和所述驱动扭簧与所述操作轴在周向上转动连接,所述驱动扭簧与所述驱动盘、所述第一操作盘接触,所述第一操作盘用于在旋转时给所述驱动扭簧蓄能,所述驱动扭簧用于在释能时驱动所述驱动盘旋转。The free tripping mechanism according to any one of claims 1-15, characterized in that, the free tripping mechanism further comprises a driving assembly, and the driving assembly includes a driving disc sleeved on the operating shaft and a driving The torsion spring, the drive plate and the drive torsion spring are connected to the operating shaft in a circumferential direction, the drive torsion spring is in contact with the drive plate and the first operation plate, and the first operation plate is used The driving torsion spring is used to store energy when rotating, and the driving torsion spring is used to drive the driving disc to rotate when releasing energy.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述驱动盘包括驱动底板和位于所述驱动底板同一侧的驱动侧板、第一驱动限位部和第二驱动限位部,所述第一驱动限位部位于所述驱动底板的中间,所述驱动侧板位于所述驱动底板的边缘,所述第二驱动限位部位于所述第一驱动限位部和所述驱动侧板之间;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 16, wherein the driving disc comprises a driving bottom plate, a driving side plate located on the same side of the driving bottom plate, a first driving limiting portion and a second driving limiting portion, The first driving limiting part is located in the middle of the driving bottom plate, the driving side plate is located at the edge of the driving bottom plate, and the second driving limiting part is located between the first driving limiting part and the driving side plate. between side panels;
    所述驱动扭簧包括驱动扭簧主体以及与所述驱动扭簧主体连接的第五扭臂和第六扭臂,所述驱动扭簧主体套设在所述第一驱动限位部的外侧且位于所述第一驱动限位部和所述第二驱动限位部之间,至少部分所述第二驱动限位部和至少部分所述第一操作盘位于所述第五扭臂和所述第六扭臂之间;The driving torsion spring includes a driving torsion spring main body and a fifth torsion arm and a sixth torsion arm connected to the driving torsion spring main body, the driving torsion spring main body is sleeved on the outside of the first driving limiting part and Located between the first drive limiter and the second drive limiter, at least part of the second drive limiter and at least part of the first operation plate are located between the fifth torsion arm and the second drive limiter. Between the sixth torsion arm;
    所述第一操作盘用于在旋转时与所述第六扭臂接触并带动所述第六扭臂旋转,以对所述驱动扭簧蓄能;所述驱动扭簧用于释能时,所述第五扭臂与所述第二驱动限位部接触并用于带动通过所述第二驱动限位部带动所述驱动盘旋转。The first operation panel is used to contact the sixth torsion arm and drive the sixth torsion arm to rotate when rotating, so as to store energy for the driving torsion spring; when the driving torsion spring is used to release energy, The fifth torsion arm is in contact with the second drive limiting portion and is used to drive the drive plate to rotate through the second driving limiting portion.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述第一操作盘设有朝向所述驱动盘的一侧设有第二卡位部,所述第二卡位部与所述第六扭臂抵接,所述第一操作盘用于旋 转时,所述第二卡位部用于带动所述第六扭臂旋转,以对所述驱动扭簧蓄能。The free tripping mechanism according to claim 17, characterized in that, the first operating panel is provided with a second clamping part facing the side of the driving disc, and the second clamping part is connected to the The sixth torsion arm abuts, and when the first operation panel is used to rotate, the second clamping portion is used to drive the sixth torsion arm to rotate, so as to store energy for the driving torsion spring.
  19. 如权利要求16所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述自由脱扣机构还包括底座组件,所述底座组件包括底座、分闸卡扣和合闸卡扣,所述驱动盘、分闸卡扣和合闸卡扣均与所述底座活动连接且能够相对所述底座旋转,所述分闸卡扣和合闸卡扣位于所述驱动盘的外周侧,所述驱动盘设有驱动开口;The free tripping mechanism according to claim 16, characterized in that, the free tripping mechanism further comprises a base assembly, the base assembly includes a base, an opening buckle and a closing buckle, the driving plate, the opening Both the buckle and the closing buckle are movably connected with the base and can rotate relative to the base, the opening buckle and the closing buckle are located on the outer peripheral side of the driving disc, and the driving disc is provided with a driving opening;
    当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第一位置时,所述分闸卡扣用于与所述驱动开口连接,使得所述驱动盘与所述分闸卡扣保持固定连接;当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第二位置时,所述合闸卡扣用于与所述驱动开口连接,使得所述驱动盘与所述合闸卡扣保持固定连接。When the driving disc is used to rotate to the first position, the opening buckle is used to connect with the driving opening, so that the driving disc and the opening buckle remain fixedly connected; when the driving disc When being used to rotate to the second position, the closing buckle is used to connect with the driving opening, so that the driving disc is kept fixedly connected with the closing buckle.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的自由脱扣机构,其特征在于,所述底座组件还包括第一固定杆、第二固定杆、分闸弹性件和合闸弹性件,所述第一固定杆、所述第二固定杆均固定在所述底座上,所述分闸卡扣套设在所述第一固定杆且能够相对所述第一固定杆旋转,所述合闸卡扣套设在所述第二固定杆上且能够相对所述第二固定杆旋转;The free trip mechanism according to claim 19, wherein the base assembly further comprises a first fixed rod, a second fixed rod, an opening elastic member and a closing elastic member, the first fixed rod, the The second fixing rods are all fixed on the base, the opening buckle is sleeved on the first fixing rod and can rotate relative to the first fixing rod, and the closing buckle is sleeved on the first fixing rod. on two fixed rods and capable of rotating relative to the second fixed rod;
    所述分闸弹性件位于所述分闸卡扣远离所述驱动盘的一侧,当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第一位置时,所述分闸弹性件用于提供给所述分闸卡扣朝向所述驱动开口的驱动力,以使所述分闸卡扣与所述驱动开口连接;The opening elastic member is located on the side of the opening buckle away from the driving plate, and when the driving plate is used to rotate to the first position, the opening elastic member is used to provide the opening the driving force of the buckle toward the driving opening, so that the opening buckle is connected with the driving opening;
    所述合闸弹性件位于所述合闸卡扣远离所述驱动盘的一侧,当所述驱动盘用于旋转到第二位置时,所述合闸弹性件用于提供给所述合闸卡扣朝向所述驱动开口的驱动力,以使所述合闸卡扣与所述驱动开口连接。The closing elastic member is located on the side of the closing buckle away from the driving disc, and when the driving disc is used to rotate to the second position, the closing elastic member is used to provide the closing The buckle faces the driving force of the driving opening, so that the closing buckle is connected with the driving opening.
  21. 一种开关,其特征在于,包括通断装置和如权利要求1-20任一项所述的自由脱扣机构,所述通断装置与所述自由脱扣机构连接,所述自由脱扣机构用于控制所述通断装置断开和连通。A switch, characterized in that it comprises an on-off device and the free trip mechanism according to any one of claims 1-20, the on-off device is connected to the free trip mechanism, and the free trip mechanism It is used to control the disconnection and connection of the on-off device.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的开关,其特征在于,所述开关还包括解扣装置,所述解扣装置用于根据所述分闸信号控制所述解扣组件与储能组件解锁。The switch according to claim 21, characterized in that, the switch further comprises a tripping device, and the tripping device is used to control the tripping assembly and the energy storage assembly to unlock according to the opening signal.
  23. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括电气装置和如权利要求21或22所述的开关,所述电气装置与所述通断装置连接,所述通断装置用于控制所述电气装置的开启和关闭。An electronic device, characterized in that it comprises an electrical device and the switch according to claim 21 or 22, the electrical device is connected to the on-off device, and the on-off device is used to control the opening of the electrical device and off.
  24. 一种供电系统,其特征在于,包括控制单元、直流源、功率变换单元和如权利要求21或22所述的开关,所述开关电连接在所述直流源和所述功率变换单元之间,所述控制单元用于在所述直流源或所述功率变换单元故障时发送分闸信号至所述开关。A power supply system, characterized by comprising a control unit, a DC source, a power conversion unit, and the switch according to claim 21 or 22, the switch being electrically connected between the DC source and the power conversion unit, The control unit is used for sending an opening signal to the switch when the DC source or the power conversion unit fails.
PCT/CN2021/140453 2021-12-22 2021-12-22 Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system WO2023115385A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180098784.4A CN117413334A (en) 2021-12-22 2021-12-22 Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic equipment and power supply system
PCT/CN2021/140453 WO2023115385A1 (en) 2021-12-22 2021-12-22 Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/140453 WO2023115385A1 (en) 2021-12-22 2021-12-22 Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023115385A1 true WO2023115385A1 (en) 2023-06-29

Family

ID=86900996

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/140453 WO2023115385A1 (en) 2021-12-22 2021-12-22 Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117413334A (en)
WO (1) WO2023115385A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160260570A1 (en) * 2015-03-05 2016-09-08 Siemens Industry, Inc. Circuit breaker including adjustable instantaneous trip level and methods of operating same
CN211376496U (en) * 2019-10-31 2020-08-28 上海良信电器股份有限公司 Rotary switch with clutch function
CN111863496A (en) * 2020-07-20 2020-10-30 上海良信电器股份有限公司 Energy storage state monitoring structure and rotary switch
CN113053687A (en) * 2021-03-18 2021-06-29 浙江奔一电气有限公司 Control mechanism capable of remotely unlocking and releasing energy and rotary switch
CN113421789A (en) * 2021-05-24 2021-09-21 嘉兴京硅智能技术有限公司 Isolating switch and automatic tripping mechanism

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160260570A1 (en) * 2015-03-05 2016-09-08 Siemens Industry, Inc. Circuit breaker including adjustable instantaneous trip level and methods of operating same
CN211376496U (en) * 2019-10-31 2020-08-28 上海良信电器股份有限公司 Rotary switch with clutch function
CN111863496A (en) * 2020-07-20 2020-10-30 上海良信电器股份有限公司 Energy storage state monitoring structure and rotary switch
CN113053687A (en) * 2021-03-18 2021-06-29 浙江奔一电气有限公司 Control mechanism capable of remotely unlocking and releasing energy and rotary switch
CN113421789A (en) * 2021-05-24 2021-09-21 嘉兴京硅智能技术有限公司 Isolating switch and automatic tripping mechanism

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117413334A (en) 2024-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022017074A1 (en) Energy storage state monitoring structure and rotary switch
EP2784794B1 (en) Operating system for automatic turn-over switch and gear set
CN218769169U (en) Automatic brake separating mechanism
WO2023115385A1 (en) Free tripping mechanism, switch, electronic apparatus, and power supply system
US7312680B2 (en) Manual switch-off device of a permanent magnet switch operating mechanism
CN102165546B (en) Emergency stop device
WO2013042685A1 (en) On-load tap changing device and energizing mechanism thereof
WO2020252832A1 (en) Dual-energy storage operation mechanism for isolating switch
CN102832060A (en) Interlocking device of change-over switch
CN218631775U (en) Energy storage tripping mechanism and protection switch
CN113871246A (en) Energy storage tripping device and rotary switch
CN210918594U (en) Bicycle and bicycle lock
CN216213087U (en) Energy storage tripping device and rotary switch
CN114464489B (en) Operating mechanism, switch, electronic equipment and power supply system
CN111370257A (en) Anti-misoperation type operating handle for load switch/isolating switch and using method thereof
CN218769246U (en) Energy storage tripping device and rotary switch
CN113963966B (en) Separating brake switch and remote circuit breaker
CN103485613A (en) Unlocking device for vehicle door in traffic field
CN214753607U (en) Spring operating mechanism applied to circuit breaker and circuit breaker
CN212784501U (en) Universal circuit breaker
CN212695589U (en) Universal circuit breaker
CN220796550U (en) Actuating mechanism, change-over switch and distribution equipment
CN113675049A (en) Modularization operating device and circuit breaker
WO2022002239A1 (en) Automobile door lock and automobile
CN214068667U (en) Spring operating mechanism of load switch

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21968534

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180098784.4

Country of ref document: CN